TY  - JOUR
A1  - Čuklina, Jelena
A1  - Hahn, Julia
A1  - Imakaev, Maxim
A1  - Omasits, Ulrich
A1  - Förstner, Konrad U.
A1  - Ljubimov, Nikolay
A1  - Goebel, Melanie
A1  - Pessi, Gabriella
A1  - Fischer, Hans-Martin
A1  - Ahrens, Christian H.
A1  - Gelfand, Mikhail S.
A1  - Evguenieva-Hackenberg, Elena
T1  - Genome-wide transcription start site mapping of Bradyrhizobium japonicum grown free-living or in symbiosis - a rich resource to identify new transcripts, proteins and to study gene regulation
JF  - BMC Genomics
N2  - Background

Differential RNA-sequencing (dRNA-seq) is indispensable for determination of primary transcriptomes. However, using dRNA-seq data to map transcriptional start sites (TSSs) and promoters genome-wide is a bioinformatics challenge. We performed dRNA-seq of Bradyrhizobium japonicum USDA 110, the nitrogen-fixing symbiont of soybean, and developed algorithms to map TSSs and promoters.

Results

A specialized machine learning procedure for TSS recognition allowed us to map 15,923 TSSs: 14,360 in free-living bacteria, 4329 in symbiosis with soybean and 2766 in both conditions. Further, we provide proteomic evidence for 4090 proteins, among them 107 proteins corresponding to new genes and 178 proteins with N-termini different from the existing annotation (72 and 109 of them with TSS support, respectively). Guided by proteomics evidence, previously identified TSSs and TSSs experimentally validated here, we assign a score threshold to flag 14 % of the mapped TSSs as a class of lower confidence. However, this class of lower confidence contains valid TSSs of low-abundant transcripts. Moreover, we developed a de novo algorithm to identify promoter motifs upstream of mapped TSSs, which is publicly available, and found motifs mainly used in symbiosis (similar to RpoN-dependent promoters) or under both conditions (similar to RpoD-dependent promoters). Mapped TSSs and putative promoters, proteomic evidence and updated gene annotation were combined into an annotation file.

Conclusions

The genome-wide TSS and promoter maps along with the extended genome annotation of B. japonicum represent a valuable resource for future systems biology studies and for detailed analyses of individual non-coding transcripts and ORFs. Our data will also provide new insights into bacterial gene regulation during the agriculturally important symbiosis between rhizobia and legumes.
KW  - Bradyrhizobium
KW  - RNA-seq
KW  - Promoter prediction
KW  - Genome re-annotation
KW  - Internal transcription start site
KW  - Nodule
KW  - Transcription start site
KW  - Proteogenomics
KW  - Antisense RNA
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164565
VL  - 17
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Üçeyler, Nurcan
A1  - Schäfer, Kristina A.
A1  - Mackenrodt, Daniel
A1  - Sommer, Claudia
A1  - Müllges, Wolfgang
T1  - High-Resolution Ultrasonography of the Superficial Peroneal Motor and Sural Sensory Nerves May Be a Non-invasive Approach to the Diagnosis of Vasculitic Neuropathy
JF  - Frontiers in Neurology
N2  - High-resolution ultrasonography (HRUS) is an emerging new tool in the investigation of peripheral nerves. We set out to assess the utility of HRUS performed at lower extremity nerves in peripheral neuropathies. Nerves of 26 patients with polyneuropathies of different etiologies and 26 controls were investigated using HRUS. Patients underwent clinical, laboratory, electrophysiological assessment, and a diagnostic sural nerve biopsy as part of the routine work-up. HRUS was performed at the sural, tibial, and the common, superficial, and deep peroneal nerves. The superficial peroneal nerve longitudinal diameter (LD) distinguished best between the groups: patients with immune-mediated neuropathies (n = 13, including six with histology-proven vasculitic neuropathy) had larger LD compared to patients with non-immune-mediated neuropathies (p < 0.05) and to controls (p < 0.001). Among all subgroups, patients with vasculitic neuropathy showed the largest superficial peroneal nerve LD (p < 0.001) and had a larger sural nerve cross-sectional area when compared with disease controls (p < 0.001). Enlargement of the superficial peroneal and sural nerves as detected by HRUS may be a useful additional finding in the differential diagnosis of vasculitic and other immune-mediated neuropathies.
KW  - peripheral neuropathy
KW  - nerve ultrasonography
KW  - vasculitis
KW  - sural nerve
KW  - superficial peroneal nerve
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146671
VL  - 7
IS  - 48
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Üçeyler, Nurcan
A1  - Schröter, Nils
A1  - Kafke, Waldemar
A1  - Kramer, Daniela
A1  - Wanner, Christoph
A1  - Weidemann, Frank
A1  - Sommer, Claudia
T1  - Skin Globotriaosylceramide 3 Load Is Increased in Men with Advanced Fabry Disease
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Background
The X-chromosomally linked life-limiting Fabry disease (FD) is associated with deposits of the sphingolipid globotriaosylceramide 3 (Gb3) in various tissues. Skin is easily accessible and may be used as an additional diagnostic and follow-up medium. Our aims were to visualize skin Gb3 deposits in FD patients applying immunofluorescence and to determine if cutaneous Gb3 load correlates with disease severity.

Methods
At our Fabry Center for Interdisciplinary Therapy we enrolled 84 patients with FD and 27 healthy controls. All subjects underwent 5-mm skin punch biopsy at the lateral lower leg and the back. Skin samples were processed for immunohistochemistry using antibodies against CD77 (i.e. Gb3). Cutaneous Gb3 deposition was quantified in a blinded manner and correlated to clinical data.

Results
We found that Gb3 load was higher in distal skin of male FD patients compared to healthy controls (p<0.05). Men (p<0.01) and women (p<0.05) with a classic FD phenotype had higher distal skin Gb3 load than healthy controls. Men with advanced disease as reflected by impaired renal function, and men and women with small fiber neuropathy had more Gb3 deposits in distal skin samples than males with normal renal function (p<0.05) and without small fiber neuropathy. Gb3 deposits were not different between patients with and without enzyme replacement therapy.

Conclusions
Immunofluorescence on minimally invasive skin punch biopsies may be useful as a tool for assessment and follow-up in FD patients.
KW  - biopsy
KW  - neuropathy
KW  - Fabry disease
KW  - renal system
KW  - immunofluorescence
KW  - enzyme replacement therapy
KW  - skin diseases
KW  - nerve fibers
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-178856
VL  - 11
IS  - 11
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Üçeyler, Nurcan
A1  - Biko, Lydia
A1  - Hose, Dorothea
A1  - Hoffmann, Lukas
A1  - Sommer, Claudia
T1  - Comprehensive and differential long-term characterization of the alpha-galactosidase A deficient mouse model of Fabry disease focusing on the sensory system and pain development
JF  - Molecular Pain
N2  - Fabry disease is an X-linked lysosomal storage disorder due to impaired activity of alpha-galactosidase A with intracellular accumulation of globotriaosylceramide. Associated small fiber pathology leads to characteristic pain in Fabry disease. We systematically assessed sensory system, physical activity, metabolic parameters, and morphology of male and female mice with alpha-galactosidase A deficiency (Fabry ko) from 2 to 27 months of age and compared results with those of age- and gender-matched wild-type littermates of C57Bl/6J background. Results From the age of two months, male and female Fabry mice showed mechanical hypersensitivity (p < 0.001 each) compared to wild-type littermates. Young Fabry ko mice of both genders were hypersensitive to heat stimulation (p < 0.01) and developed heat hyposensitivity with aging (p < 0.05), while cold hyposensitivity was present constantly in young (p < 0.01) and old (p < 0.05) Fabry ko mice compared to wild-type littermates. Stride angle increased only in male Fabry ko mice with aging (p < 0.01) in comparison to wild-type littermates. Except for young female mice, male (p < 0.05) and female (p < 0.01) Fabry ko mice had a higher body weight than wild-type littermates. Old male Fabry ko mice were physically less active than their wild-type littermates (p < 0.05), had lower chow intake (p < 0.001), and lost more weight (p < 0.001) in a one-week treadmill experiment than wild-type littermates. Also, Fabry ko mice showed spontaneous pain protective behavior and developed orofacial dysmorphism resembling patients with Fabry disease.
Conclusions. Mice with alpha-galactosidase A deficiency show age-dependent and distinct deficits of the sensory system. alpha-galactosidase A-deficient mice seem to model human Fabry disease and may be helpful when studying the pathophysiology of Fabry-associated pain.
KW  - Fabry disease
KW  - alpha-galactosidase A
KW  - mouse model
KW  - pain
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147562
VL  - 12
IS  - 1744806916646370
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Önel, Ayla
T1  - Synthese und Relevanz von Oxylipinen in Blättern, Wurzeln und Samen von \(Arabidopsis\) \(thaliana\)
T1  - Synthesis and relevance of oxylipins in leaves, roots and seeds of \(Arabidopsis\) \(thaliana\)
N2  - Die Lipidoxidation kann sowohl enzymatisch als auch nicht enzymatisch erfolgen. Der erste Schritt der enzymatischen Oxidation wird durch Lipoxygenasen katalysiert, von welchen es in Arabidopsis thaliana sechs verschiedene Isoformen gibt. Dabei werden die Lipoxygenasen nach dem Kohlenstoffatom klassifiziert, welches sie oxidieren. Somit gehören die LOX1 und LOX5 zu den 9-Lipoxygenasen, während LOX2, LOX3, LOX4 und LOX6 zu den 13 Lipoxygenasen zählen. Während der Samenalterung findet vermehrt eine Lipidperoxidation statt, welche mit einem Verfall des Samens sowie einer verringerten Keimrate korreliert. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit wurde zunächst erfolgreich ein System zur künstlichen Samenalterung von Arabidopsis thaliana etabliert. Bei der künstlichen Alterung stiegen ähnlich wie bei der natürlichen Samenalterung oxidierte Lipide an und die Keimrate fiel ab. Nach Alterung konnte ein Anstieg von sechs verschiedenen oxidierten Triacylglycerolen detektiert werden. Es konnte in dieser Arbeit mit Hilfe von Mutanten mit Defekten in mehreren der Lipoxygenase Gene gezeigt werden, dass die Oxidation dieser veresterten Fettsäuren zum größten Teil nicht enzymatisch erfolgt. Bei der Alterung stiegen zudem enzymatisch gebildete 9 Lipoxygenase Produkte wie freie Hydroxy- und Ketofettsäuren an. Bei einer Analyse der freien oxidierten Fettsäuren konnte ebenfalls mit Lipoxygenase Mutanten ermittelt werden, dass diese hauptsächlich via LOX1 oxidiert werden. Die Untersuchung der Keimraten der Lipoxygenase Mutanten nach Alterung zeigte in mehreren Versuchen eine leicht erhöhte Keimrate der lox1 im Vergleich zum Wildtyp. Eine exogene Behandlung von Wildtyp Samen mit verschiedenen 9-Lipoxygenase Produkten, welche bei der Alterung ansteigen, führte allerdings nicht zu einer Keimungshemmung. Somit scheinen Produkte wie Hydroxy- und Ketofettsäuren der 9-Lipoxygenase LOX1 nicht die Hauptursache für die Keimungshemmung nach Alterung zu sein.
Darüber hinaus konnte in dieser Arbeit gezeigt werden, dass eine Behandlung der Blüten des Wildtyps mit Methyljasmonat zu einer signifikant höheren Keimrate der Samen im Vergleich zu Samen von unbehandelten Pflanzen nach Alterung führt. Ein „Lipidprofiling“ der Samen von mit Methyljasmonat behandelten Pflanzen wies signifikant geringere Gehalte sowohl an freien als auch veresterten oxidierten Fettsäuren auf, was mit einer erhöhten Lebensfähigkeit korrelierte. Diese Erkenntnisse könnten von großer Relevanz für die Landwirtschaft sein, falls eine Übertragung auf Nutzpflanzen möglich ist.
Ein weiterer Schwerpunkt dieser Arbeit war eine eingehende Untersuchung der Rolle und Funktion der LOX6. Mit Hilfe von GUS Färbungen konnte eine Lokalisation der LOX6 in Blättern und Wurzeln nachgewiesen werden. 
Zudem wurde ein 35SLOX6GFP Konstrukt erstellt und in Arabidopsis thaliana Pflanzen stabil transformiert. Mit den selektionierten Linien könnte in Zukunft auch die intrazelluläre Lokalisation der LOX6 untersucht werden. Außerdem wurden Konstrukte mit dem Reportergen GFP und AOS sowie LOX2 hinter dem 35S Promotor kloniert, welche ebenfalls für weitere Lokalisations- und Kolokalisationsstudien genutzt werden können. Zudem wurde mit der Klonierung eines Konstruktes begonnen, um in Zukunft einen spezifischen LOX6 Antikörper herstellen und auch die endogene LOX6 Lokalisation in dem Wildtyp analysieren zu können. Um die Produkte der LOX6 zu untersuchen, wurden 35SLOX6 Linien sowie die lox6 Mutante verwendet. Obwohl Hydroxyfettsäuren und Jasmonate Folgeprodukte der LOX6 sind, wiesen die 35SLOX6 Linien weder basal, noch nach Stress erhöhte Gehalte dieser im Vergleich zum Wildtyp auf. Somit geben die 35SLOX6 Linien einen Hinweis darauf, dass LOX6 im Wildtyp nicht limitierend für die Produktion von Hydroxyfettsäuren und Jasmonaten sein könnte. Um zu untersuchen, ob das Substrat der LOX6 der limitierende Faktor sein könnte, wurde eine Behandlung mit α Linolensäure durchgeführt. Dabei entstanden allerdings nicht mehr Folgeprodukte der LOX6, sondern es fand sowohl in den 35SLOX6 Linien als auch in dem Wildtyp eine massive nicht enzymatische radikalische Oxidation der Fettsäuren statt. Um festzustellen, ob sich durch eine LOX6 Überexpression das Metabolom ändert, wurde eine „untargeted Analyse“ mit 35SLOX6 Linien durchgeführt. Diese zeigte vier Metabolite, welche in den 35SLOX6 Linien im Vergleich zum Wildtyp unterschiedlich stark vorhanden waren. Zudem sollte untersucht werden, ob sich die Physiologie und Stressresistenz in den Überexpressionslinien im Vergleich zum Wildtyp unterscheiden. Dabei zeichneten sich die 35SLOX6 Linien durch kleinere, hellere und rundere Blätter aus. Zudem wurden die Wurzeln der 35SLOX6 Linien bei Fraßversuchen mit Pocellio scaber im Vergleich zum Wildtyp weniger bevorzugt gefressen. Diese Erkenntnisse sowie die generierten Konstrukte und Pflanzenlinien können in der Zukunft einen weiteren Einblick in die vielfältigen Funktionen und Produkte der LOX6 gewähren.
N2  - Lipidoxidation can take place enzymatically and non-enzymatically. The first step of the enzymatic oxidation is catalysed via lipoxygenases. In Arabidopsis thaliana there are six lipoxygenase isoforms. The lipoxygenases are characterized by the carbon atom they oxidise. LOX1 and LOX5 are 9-lipoxygenases, while LOX2, LOX3, LOX4 and LOX6 are 13 lipoxygenases. During seed ageing lipid peroxidation takes place, which correlates with a deterioration of the seed and a lower germination rate. First, a method for artificial ageing of Arabidopsis thaliana seeds was successfully established as a part of this work. During artificial seed ageing, oxidised lipids increased and the germination rate decreased similar to natural ageing. During artificial ageing an accumulation of six oxidised triacylglycerols could be detected. In this work, it could be shown with the help of mutants with defects in the lipoxygenase genes, that the oxidation of esterified fatty acids mainly takes place non-enzymatically. Moreover, enzymatically formed free 9-lipoxygenase products such as hydroxy and keto fatty acids increase during the process of ageing. An analysis of the free fatty acids in lipoxygenase mutants lead to the conclusion that they are formed primarily by LOX1. The lox1 mutant showed a slightly higher germination rate than the wild type after seed ageing in the majority of the experiments. However, an exogenous treatment of wild type seeds with free 9-lipoxygenase products, which increase during ageing, did not inhibit the germination rate. Therefore, LOX1 (9-lipoxygenase) products like hydroxy and keto fatty acids do not seem to be the main cause for the inhibition of germination after ageing. 
In addition, this work shows that a methyl jasmonate treatment of wild type flowers leads to a significant higher germination rate of their seeds after ageing in comparison to the seeds of untreated wild type plants. A lipid profiling revealed significantly lower levels of oxidised esterified as well as free fatty acids after ageing in seeds of treated wild type plants compared to untreated ones, which correlates with a higher germination rate. These findings could be of great value for the agriculture if they are transferable to crop plants.
Another focus of this work was set on investigating the function and relevance of LOX6. The localization of LOX6 in leaves and roots could be confirmed with the help of GUS stainings. Furthermore, a 35SLOX6GFP construct was generated and stably transformed in Arabidopsis thaliana plants. With the selected lines it will be possible to investigate the intracellular localization of LOX6 in the future. Moreover, constructs with the reporter gene GFP and AOS or LOX2 were cloned behind the 35S promoter which can also be used for additional localization and co-localization experiments. To analyse the endogenous localization of LOX6 in the wild type, the cloning of a construct was started to generate a specific antibody in the future. To investigate the different products of LOX6, 35SLOX6 lines and the lox6 mutant were used. Although hydroxy fatty acids and jasmonates are secondary products of LOX6, neither basal nor after different stress treatments elevated levels could be detected in the overexpression lines compared to the wild type. This finding indicates that LOX6 may not be limiting for the production of jasmonates and hydroxy fatty acids in the wild type. Moreover, to investigate if the substrate of LOX6 could be a limiting factor, a treatment with α linolenic acid was performed. However, this did not lead to more LOX6 secondary products but rather to a massive increase of non-enzymatic radical triggered oxidation of fatty acids in the 35SLOX6 lines as well as in the wild type. To examine whether an overexpression of LOX6 leads to changes in the metabolom, an untargeted analysis with 35SLOX6 lines was performed. This analysis revealed four metabolites, which were present in different amounts in 35SLOX6 lines and the wild type. Apart from that, the physiology and stress resistance of the 35SLOX6 lines should be investigated for differences compared to the wild type. The overexpression lines exhibited smaller, rounder and paler leaves. In feeding experiments, the roots of 35SLOX6 plants were less attractive to the rough woodlouse Porcellio scaber than the wild type. The insights of this work, together with the generated constructs and plant lines could help to gain a better understanding of the versatile functions and products of LOX6 in the future.
KW  - Jasmonate
KW  - Lipoxygenase
KW  - Oxylipine
KW  - Samen
KW  - Arabidopsis thaliana
KW  - Jasmonate
KW  - Künstliche Samenalterung
KW  - Lipoxygenase 6
KW  - Oxylipine
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-141647
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Zott, Maximilian
T1  - Extreme Value Theory in Higher Dimensions - Max-Stable Processes and Multivariate Records
T1  - Höherdimensionale Extremwerttheorie - Max-Stabile Prozesse und Multivariate Rekorde
N2  - Die Extremwerttheorie behandelt die stochastische Modellierung seltener und extremer Ereignisse. Während fundamentale Theorien in der klassischen Stochastik, wie etwa die Gesetze der großen Zahlen oder der zentrale Grenzwertsatz das asymptotische Verhalten der Summe von Zufallsvariablen untersucht, liegt in der Extremwerttheorie der Fokus auf dem Maximum oder dem Minimum einer Menge von Beobachtungen. Die Grenzverteilung des normierten Stichprobenmaximums unter einer Folge von unabhängigen und identisch verteilten Zufallsvariablen kann durch sogenannte max-stabile Verteilungen charakterisiert werden. 

In dieser Dissertation werden verschiedene Aspekte der Theorie der max-stabilen Zufallsvektoren und stochastischen Prozesse behandelt. Insbesondere wird der Begriff der 'Differenzierbarkeit in Verteilung' eines max-stabilen Prozesses eingeführt und untersucht. Ferner werden 'verallgemeinerte max-lineare Modelle' eingeführt, um einen bekannten max-stabilen Zufallsvektor durch einen max-stabilen Prozess zu interpolieren. Darüber hinaus wird der Zusammenhang von extremwerttheoretischen Methoden mit der Theorie der multivariaten Rekorde hergestellt. Insbesondere werden sogenannte 'vollständige' und 'einfache' Rekorde eingeführt, und deren asymptotisches Verhalten untersucht.
N2  - Extreme value theory is concerned with the stochastic modeling of rare and extreme events. While fundamental theories of classical stochastics - such as the laws of small numbers or the central limit theorem - are used to investigate the asymptotic behavior of the sum of random variables, extreme value theory focuses on the maximum or minimum of a set of observations. The limit distribution of the normalized sample maximum among a sequence of independent and identically distributed random variables can be characterized by means of so-called max-stable distributions.

This dissertation concerns with different aspects of the theory of max-stable random vectors and stochastic processes. In particular, the concept of 'differentiability in distribution' of a max-stable process is introduced and investigated. Moreover, 'generalized max-linear models' are introduced in order to interpolate a known max-stable random vector by a max-stable process. Further, the connection between extreme value theory and multivariate records is established. In particular, so-called 'complete' and 'simple' records are introduced as well as it is examined their asymptotic behavior.
KW  - Stochastischer Prozess
KW  - Extremwertstatistik
KW  - max-stable process
KW  - max-linear model
KW  - Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung
KW  - Rekord
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-136614
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zlamy, Manuela
A1  - Almanzar, Giovanni
A1  - Parson, Walther
A1  - Schmidt, Christian
A1  - Leierer, Johannes
A1  - Weinberger, Birgit
A1  - Jeller, Verena
A1  - Unsinn, Karin
A1  - Eyrich, Matthias
A1  - Würzner, Reinhard
A1  - Prelog, Martina
T1  - Efforts of the human immune system to maintain the peripheral CD8+ T cell compartment after childhood thymectomy
JF  - Immunity & Ageing
N2  - Background
Homeostatic mechanisms to maintain the T cell compartment diversity indicate an ongoing process of thymic activity and peripheral T cell renewal during human life. These processes are expected to be accelerated after childhood thymectomy and by the influence of cytomegalovirus (CMV) inducing a prematurely aged immune system.

The study aimed to investigate proportional changes and replicative history of CD8+ T cells, of recent thymic emigrants (RTEs) and CD103+ T cells (mostly gut-experienced) and the role of Interleukin-(IL)-7 and IL-7 receptor (CD127)-expressing T cells in thymectomized patients compared to young and old healthy controls.

Results
Decreased proportions of naive and CD31 + CD8+ T cells were demonstrated after thymectomy, with higher proliferative activity of CD127-expressing T cells and significantly shorter relative telomere lengths (RTLs) and lower T cell receptor excision circles (TRECs). Increased circulating CD103+ T cells and a skewed T cell receptor (TCR) repertoire were found after thymectomy similar to elderly persons. Naive T cells were influenced by age at thymectomy and further decreased by CMV.

Conclusions
After childhood thymectomy, the immune system demonstrated constant efforts of the peripheral CD8+ T cell compartment to maintain homeostasis. Supposedly it tries to fill the void of RTEs by peripheral T cell proliferation, by at least partly IL-7-mediated mechanisms and by proportional increase of circulating CD103+ T cells, reminiscent of immune aging in elderly. Although other findings were less significant compared to healthy elderly, early thymectomy demonstrated immunological alterations of CD8+ T cells which mimic features of premature immunosenescence in humans.
KW  - thymectomy
KW  - naive T cells
KW  - TRECs
KW  - TCR diversity
KW  - CMV
KW  - CD8
KW  - telomeres
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146497
VL  - 13
IS  - 3
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zipfel, Julian
A1  - Eyrich, Matthias
A1  - Schlegel, Paul-Gerhardt
A1  - Wiegering, Verena
T1  - Disturbed B cell and DC-Homeostasis in Pediatric cGVHD Patients-Cocultivation Experiments and Review of the Literature
JF  - Clinics in Oncology
N2  - B cells and DCs are suspected to play an important role in the pathogenesis of cGvHD, which is a serious complication of HSCT with high morbidity. It is characterized by immune responses of donor immune cells against recipient-derived antigens.  athogenesis is not yet fully understood, however reconstitution of B cells after HSCT has similarities to physiologic ontogeny. Immunophenotyping and co-cultivation-experiments of B cells and DCs from pediatric patients with cGvHD as well as healthy donors were conducted. Significant differences between patients and healthy donors were observed with increased memory, transitional, CD69+ and CD86+ phenotype and lower levels of naïve B cells due to apoptosis. Co-cultivation revealed this to be primarily B cell-dependent without major effects of and with DCs. There was a decreased CD11c- phenotype in patients and less apoptosis of DCs. Our data suggest a disturbed homeostasis in B cells with increased memory phenotype in patients, whereas DCs could not influence these differences, therefore DCs are not imposing as promising targets. B cell-dependent approaches should be further investigated.
KW  - B cell
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147914
VL  - 1
IS  - 1097
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zinner, Christoph
A1  - Morales-Alamo, David
A1  - Ørtenblad, Niels
A1  - Larsen, Filip J.
A1  - Schiffer, Tomas A.
A1  - Willis, Sarah J.
A1  - Gelabert-Rebato, Miriam
A1  - Perez-Valera, Mario
A1  - Boushel, Robert
A1  - Calbet, Jose A. L.
A1  - Holmberg, Hans-Christer
T1  - The Physiological Mechanisms of Performance Enhancement with Sprint Interval Training Differ between the Upper and Lower Extremities in Humans
JF  - Frontiers in Physiology
N2  - To elucidate the mechanisms underlying the differences in adaptation of arm and leg muscles to sprint training, over a period of 11 days 16 untrained men performed six sessions of 4–6 × 30-s all-out sprints (SIT) with the legs and arms, separately, with a 1-h interval of recovery. Limb-specific VO2peak, sprint performance (two 30-s Wingate tests with 4-min recovery), muscle efficiency and time-trial performance (TT, 5-min all-out) were assessed and biopsies from the m. vastus lateralis and m. triceps brachii taken before and after training. VO2peak and Wmax increased 3–11% after training, with a more pronounced change in the arms (P < 0.05). Gross efficiency improved for the arms (+8.8%, P < 0.05), but not the legs (−0.6%). Wingate peak and mean power outputs improved similarly for the arms and legs, as did TT performance. After training, VO2 during the two Wingate tests was increased by 52 and 6% for the arms and legs, respectively (P < 0.001). In the case of the arms, VO2 was higher during the first than second Wingate test (64 vs. 44%, P < 0.05). During the TT, relative exercise intensity, HR, VO2, VCO2, VE, and Vt were all lower during arm-cranking than leg-pedaling, and oxidation of fat was minimal, remaining so after training. Despite the higher relative intensity, fat oxidation was 70% greater during leg-pedaling (P = 0.017). The aerobic energy contribution in the legs was larger than for the arms during the Wingate tests, although VO2 for the arms was enhanced more by training, reducing the O2 deficit after SIT. The levels of muscle glycogen, as well as the myosin heavy chain composition were unchanged in both cases, while the activities of 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA-dehydrogenase and citrate synthase were elevated only in the legs and capillarization enhanced in both limbs. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated that the variables that predict TT performance differ for the arms and legs. The primary mechanism of adaptation to SIT by both the arms and legs is enhancement of aerobic energy production. However, with their higher proportion of fast muscle fibers, the arms exhibit greater plasticity.
KW  - high-intensity training
KW  - lower body
KW  - performance
KW  - triceps brachii
KW  - upper body
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165257
VL  - 7
IS  - 426
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zinner, C.
A1  - Krueger, M.
A1  - Reed, J. L.
A1  - Kohl-Bareis, M.
A1  - Holmberg, H. C.
A1  - Sperlich, B.
T1  - Exposure to a combination of heat and hyperoxia during cycling at submaximal intensity does not alter thermoregulatory responses
JF  - Biology of Sport
N2  - In this study, we tested the hypothesis that breathing hyperoxic air (F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40) while exercising in a hot environment exerts negative effects on the total tissue level of haemoglobin concentration (tHb); core (T\(_{core}\)) and skin (T\(_{skin}\)) temperatures; muscle activity; heart rate; blood concentration of lactate; pH; partial pressure of oxygen (P\(_a\)O\(_2\)) and carbon dioxide; arterial oxygen saturation (S\(_a\)O\(_2\)); and perceptual responses. Ten well-trained male athletes cycled at submaximal intensity at 21°C or 33°C in randomized order: first for 20 min while breathing normal air (FinO\(_2\) = 0.21) and then 10 min with F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40 (HOX). At both temperatures, S\(_a\)O\(_2\) and P\(_a\)O\(_2\), but not tHb, were increased by HOX. Tskin and perception of exertion and thermal discomfort were higher at 33°C than 21°C (p < 0.01), but independent of F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\). T\(_{core}\) and muscle activity were the same under all conditions (p > 0.07). Blood lactate and heart rate were higher at 33°C than 21°C. In conclusion, during 30 min of submaximal cycling at 21°C or 33°C, T\(_{core}\), T\(_{skin}\) and T\(_{body}\), tHb, muscle activity and ratings of perceived exertion and thermal discomfort were the same under normoxic and hyperoxic conditions. Accordingly, breathing hyperoxic air (F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40) did not affect thermoregulation under these conditions.
KW  - heat stress
KW  - hyperthermia
KW  - skin blood flow
KW  - thermoregulation
KW  - vasoconstriction
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-160993
VL  - 33
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Ziegler, Christiane
T1  - Epigenetic Mechanisms in the Pathogenesis and Therapy of Anxiety Disorders
T1  - Epigenetische Mechanismen in der Pathogenese und Therapie von Angsterkrankungen
N2  - Anxiety disorders (AD) are common, disabling mental disorders, which constitute the most prevalent mental health condition conveying a high individual and socioeconomic burden. Social anxiety disorder (SAD), i.e. fear in social situations particularly when subjectively scrutinized by others, is the second most common anxiety disorder with a life time prevalence of 10%. Panic disorder (PD) has a life time prevalence of 2-5% and is characterized by recurrent and abrupt surges of intense fear and anticipatory anxiety, i.e. panic attacks, occurring suddenly and unexpected without an apparent cue.
In recent years, psychiatric research increasingly focused on epigenetic mechanisms such as DNA methylation as a possible solution for the problem of the so-called “hidden heritability”, which conceptualizes the fact that the genetic risk variants identified so far only explain a small part of the estimated heritability of mental disorders.
In the first part of this thesis, oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene methylation was investigated regarding its role in the pathogenesis of social anxiety disorder. In summary, OXTR methylation patterns were implicated in different phenotypes of social anxiety disorder on a categorical, neuropsychological, neuroendocrinological as well as on a neural network level. The results point towards a multilevel role of OXTR gene hypomethylation particularly at one CpG site (CpG3, Chr3: 8 809 437) within the protein coding region of the gene in SAD.
The second part of the thesis investigated monoamine oxidase A (MAOA) gene methylation regarding its role in the pathogenesis of panic disorder as well as – applying a psychotherapy-epigenetic approach – its dynamic regulation during the course of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) in PD patients. First, MAOA hypomethylation was shown to be associated with panic disorder as well as with panic disorder severity. Second, in patients responding to treatment MAOA hypomethylation was shown to be reversible up to the level of methylation in healthy controls after the course of CBT. This increase in MAOA methylation along with successful psychotherapeutic treatment was furthermore shown to be associated with symptom improvement regarding agoraphobic avoidance in an independent replication sample of non-medicated patients with PD.
Taken together, in the future the presently identified epigenetic patterns might contribute to establishing targeted preventive interventions and personalized treatment options for social anxiety disorder or panic disorder, respectively.
N2  - Angsterkrankungen sind die häufigsten psychischen Erkrankungen, welche in hohem Maße den Alltag der Betroffenen beeinträchtigen und eine große sozioökonomische Belastung darstellen. Eine der häufigsten Formen von Angsterkrankungen bildet die soziale Phobie, d.h. die Angst vor sozialen Situationen, in denen man im Mittelpunkt der Aufmerksamkeit steht, mit einer Lebenszeit-Prävalenz von circa 10%. Die Panikstörung, charakterisiert durch das wiederholte und unerwartete Auftreten von Panikattacken, ist eine weitere Form der Angsterkrankungen mit einer Lebenszeit-Prävalenz von circa 2-5%.
Epigenetische Mechanismen, wie zum Beispiel die DNA Methylierung, rücken in den letzten Jahren immer weiter in den Fokus der psychiatrischen Forschung. Hier werden sie als eine mögliche Lösung für das Problem der „hidden heritability“ (versteckte Heritabilität) angesehen.
Im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit wurde die DNA Methylierung des Oxytozinrezeptorgens (OXTR) hinsichtlich ihrer Rolle in der Pathogenese der sozialen Phobie untersucht. Hierbei konnte eine verringerte Methylierung des Gens, speziell an einem CpG-Dinukleotid (CpG3, Chr3: 8 809 437) innerhalb der protein-kodierenden Genregion, auf verschiedenen Ebenen mit der Erkrankung an sozialer Phobie, dimensionalen Maßen der Erkrankungsschwere sowie der Stressverarbeitung auf neuro-endokrinologischer und neuronaler Ebene in Verbindung gebracht werden.
Der zweite Teil dieser Arbeit beschäftigt sich mit der Rolle von DNA Methylierungsmustern des Monoaminooxidase A (MAOA) Gens in der Pathogenese und der Therapie der Panikstörung. Zum einen konnte gezeigt werden, dass eine verringerte MAOA Methylierung mit dem Auftreten von Panikstörung sowie mit einer erhöhten Symptomschwere assoziiert ist. Zum anderen zeigten Patienten, welche auf eine kognitive Verhaltenstherapie (KVT) ansprachen, eine signifikante Erhöhung der MAOA Methylierung nach der Therapie, welche zusätzlich in einer unabhängigen Stichprobe mit einer Verringerung der Symptomschwere assoziiert war. Diese Veränderung zeigte sich jedoch nicht in Patienten, welche nicht auf die KVT ansprachen.
Zusammenfassend können beide im Rahmen dieser Arbeit untersuchten epigenetischen Muster und deren Rolle in der Pathogenese der sozialen Phobie sowie der Panikstörung zur Etablierung personalisierter Therapiemöglichkeiten wie auch targetierter präventiver Interventionen beitragen.
KW  - Angst
KW  - Psychische Störung
KW  - DNA-Methylierung
KW  - Panikstörung
KW  - Soziale Phobie
KW  - Angsterkrankungen
KW  - Epigenetische Mechanismen
KW  - Epigenetik
KW  - Methylierung
KW  - DNS
KW  - Angsterkrankungen
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146815
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Ziegler, C.
A1  - Richter, J.
A1  - Mahr, M.
A1  - Gajewska, A.
A1  - Schiele, M.A.
A1  - Gehrmann, A.
A1  - Schmidt, B.
A1  - Lesch, K.-P.
A1  - Lang, T.
A1  - Helbig-Lang, S.
A1  - Pauli, P.
A1  - Kircher, T.
A1  - Reif, A.
A1  - Rief, W.
A1  - Vossbeck-Elsebusch, A.N.
A1  - Arolt, V.
A1  - Wittchen, H.-U.
A1  - Hamm, A.O.
A1  - Deckert, J.
A1  - Domschke, K.
T1  - MAOA gene hypomethylation in panic disorder-reversibility of an epigenetic risk pattern by psychotherapy
JF  - Translational Psychiatry
N2  - Epigenetic signatures such as methylation of the monoamine oxidase A (MAOA) gene have been found to be altered in panic disorder (PD). Hypothesizing temporal plasticity of epigenetic processes as a mechanism of successful fear extinction, the present psychotherapy-epigenetic study for we believe the first time investigated MAOA methylation changes during the course of exposure-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) in PD. MAOA methylation was compared between N=28 female Caucasian PD patients (discovery sample) and N=28 age- and sex-matched healthy controls via direct sequencing of sodium bisulfite-treated DNA extracted from blood cells. MAOA methylation was furthermore analyzed at baseline (T0) and after a 6-week CBT (T1) in the discovery sample parallelized by a waiting time in healthy controls, as well as in an independent sample of female PD patients (N=20). Patients exhibited lower MAOA methylation than healthy controls (P<0.001), and baseline PD severity correlated negatively with MAOA methylation (P=0.01). In the discovery sample, MAOA methylation increased up to the level of healthy controls along with CBT response (number of panic attacks; T0-T1: +3.37±2.17%), while non-responders further decreased in methylation (-2.00±1.28%; P=0.001). In the replication sample, increases in MAOA methylation correlated with agoraphobic symptom reduction after CBT (P=0.02-0.03). The present results support previous evidence for MAOA hypomethylation as a PD risk marker and suggest reversibility of MAOA hypomethylation as a potential epigenetic correlate of response to CBT. The emerging notion of epigenetic signatures as a mechanism of action of psychotherapeutic interventions may promote epigenetic patterns as biomarkers of lasting extinction effects.
KW  - Adult
KW  - Case-Control Studies
KW  - Cognitive Therapy
KW  - DNA Methylation
KW  - Epigenesis
KW  - Genetic
KW  - Female
KW  - Humans
KW  - Monoamine Oxidase/genetics
KW  - Panic Disorder/genetics
KW  - Panic Disorder/therapy
KW  - Sequence Analysis
KW  - DNA
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164422
IS  - 6
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zhu, Min
A1  - Shabala, Lana
A1  - Cuin, Tracey A.
A1  - Huang, Xin
A1  - Zhou, Meixue
A1  - Munns, Rana
A1  - Shabala, Sergey
T1  - Nax loci affect SOS1-like Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger expression and activity in wheat
JF  - Journal of Experimental Botany
N2  - Salinity stress tolerance in durum wheat is strongly associated with a plant's ability to control Na\(^+\) delivery to the shoot. Two loci, termed Nax1 and Nax2, were recently identified as being critical for this process and the sodium transporters HKT1;4 and HKT1; 5 were identified as the respective candidate genes. These transporters retrieve Na\(^+\) from the xylem, thus limiting the rates of Na\(^+\) transport from the root to the shoot. In this work, we show that the Nax loci also affect activity and expression levels of the SOS1-like Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger in both root cortical and stelar tissues. Net Na\(^+\) efflux measured in isolated steles from salt-treated plants, using the non-invasive ion flux measuring MIFE technique, decreased in the sequence: Tamaroi (parental line)>Nax1=Nax2>Nax1:Nax2 lines. This efflux was sensitive to amiloride (a known inhibitor of the Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger) and was mirrored by net H\(^+\) flux changes. TdSOS1 relative transcript levels were 6-10-fold lower in Nax lines compared with Tamaroi. Thus, it appears that Nax loci confer two highly complementary mechanisms, both of which contribute towards reducing the xylem Na\(^+\) content. One enhances the retrieval of Na\(^+\) back into the root stele via HKT1;4 or HKT1;5, whilst the other reduces the rate of Na\(^+\) loading into the xylem via SOS1. It is suggested that such duality plays an important adaptive role with greater versatility for responding to a changing environment and controlling Na\(^+\) delivery to the shoot.
KW  - HKT transporter
KW  - potassium
KW  - salinity stress
KW  - sequestration
KW  - sodium
KW  - xylem loading
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190908
VL  - 67
IS  - 3
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zhu, Min
A1  - Shabala, Lana
A1  - Cuin, Tracey A
A1  - Huang, Xin
A1  - Zhou, Meixue
A1  - Munns, Rana
A1  - Shabala, Sergey
T1  - Nax loci affect SOS1-like Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger expression and activity in wheat
JF  - Journal of Experimental Botany
N2  - Salinity stress tolerance in durum wheat is strongly associated with a plant’s ability to control Na\(^{+}\) delivery to the shoot. Two loci, termed Nax1 and Nax2, were recently identified as being critical for this process and the sodium transporters HKT1;4 and HKT1;5 were identified as the respective candidate genes. These transporters retrieve Na\(^{+}\) from the xylem, thus limiting the rates of Na\(^{+}\) transport from the root to the shoot. In this work, we show that the Nax loci also affect activity and expression levels of the SOS1-like Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger in both root cortical and stelar tissues. Net Na\(^{+}\) efflux measured in isolated steles from salt-treated plants, using the non-invasive ion flux measuring MIFE technique, decreased in the sequence: Tamaroi (parental line)>Nax1=Nax2>Nax1:Nax2 lines. This efflux was sensitive to amiloride (a known inhibitor of the Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger) and was mirrored by net H\(^{+}\) flux changes. TdSOS1 relative transcript levels were 6–10-fold lower in Nax lines compared with Tamaroi. Thus, it appears that Nax loci confer two highly complementary mechanisms, both of which contribute towards reducing the xylem Na\(^{+}\) content. One enhances the retrieval of Na\(^{+}\) back into the root stele via HKT1;4 or HKT1;5, whilst the other reduces the rate of Na\(^{+}\) loading into the xylem via SOS1. It is suggested that such duality plays an important adaptive role with greater versatility for responding to a changing environment and controlling Na\(^{+}\) delivery to the shoot.
KW  - HKT transporter
KW  - potassium
KW  - salinity stress
KW  - sequestration
KW  - sodium
KW  - xylem loading
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-150236
VL  - 67
IS  - 3
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zhou, Sijie
A1  - Allison, Brendan Z.
A1  - Kübler, Andrea
A1  - Cichocki, Andrzej
A1  - Wang, Xingyu
A1  - Jin, Jing
T1  - Effects of Background Music on Objective and Subjective Performance Measures in an Auditory BCI
JF  - Frontiers in Computational Neuroscience
N2  - Several studies have explored brain computer interface (BCI) systems based on auditory stimuli, which could help patients with visual impairments. Usability and user satisfaction are important considerations in any BCI. Although background music can influence emotion and performance in other task environments, and many users may wish to listen to music while using a BCI, auditory, and other BCIs are typically studied without background music. Some work has explored the possibility of using polyphonic music in auditory BCI systems. However, this approach requires users with good musical skills, and has not been explored in online experiments. Our hypothesis was that an auditory BCI with background music would be preferred by subjects over a similar BCI without background music, without any difference in BCI performance. We introduce a simple paradigm (which does not require musical skill) using percussion instrument sound stimuli and background music, and evaluated it in both offline and online experiments. The result showed that subjects preferred the auditory BCI with background music. Different performance measures did not reveal any significant performance effect when comparing background music vs. no background. Since the addition of background music does not impair BCI performance but is preferred by users, auditory (and perhaps other) BCIs should consider including it. Our study also indicates that auditory BCIs can be effective even if the auditory channel is simultaneously otherwise engaged.
KW  - brain computer interface
KW  - event-related potentials
KW  - auditory
KW  - music background
KW  - audio stimulus
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165101
VL  - 10
IS  - 105
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zayats, T
A1  - Jacobsen, KK
A1  - Kleppe, R
A1  - Jacob, CP
A1  - Kittel-Schneider, S
A1  - Ribasés, M
A1  - Ramos-Quiroga, JA
A1  - Richarte, V
A1  - Casas, M
A1  - Mota, NR
A1  - Grevet, EH
A1  - Klein, M
A1  - Corominas, J
A1  - Bralten, J
A1  - Galesloot, T
A1  - Vasquez, AA
A1  - Herms, S
A1  - Forstner, AJ
A1  - Larsson, H
A1  - Breen, G
A1  - Asherson, P
A1  - Gross-Lesch, S
A1  - Lesch, KP
A1  - Cichon, S
A1  - Gabrielsen, MB
A1  - Holmen, OL
A1  - Bau, CHD
A1  - Buitelaar, J
A1  - Kiemeney, L
A1  - Faraone, SV
A1  - Cormand, B
A1  - Franke, B
A1  - Reif, A
A1  - Haavik, J
A1  - Johansson, S
T1  - Exome chip analyses in adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
JF  - Translational Psychiatry
N2  - Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a highly heritable childhood-onset neuropsychiatric condition, often persisting into adulthood. The genetic architecture of ADHD, particularly in adults, is largely unknown. We performed an exome-wide scan of adult ADHD using the Illumina Human Exome Bead Chip, which interrogates over 250 000 common and rare variants. Participants were recruited by the International Multicenter persistent ADHD CollaboraTion (IMpACT). Statistical analyses were divided into 3 steps: (1) gene-level analysis of rare variants (minor allele frequency (MAF)<1%); (2) single marker association tests of common variants (MAF⩾1%), with replication of the top signals; and (3) pathway analyses. In total, 9365 individuals (1846 cases and 7519 controls) were examined. Replication of the most associated common variants was attempted in 9847 individuals (2077 cases and 7770 controls) using fixed-effects inverse variance meta-analysis. With a Bonferroni-corrected significance level of 1.82E−06, our analyses of rare coding variants revealed four study-wide significant loci: 6q22.1 locus (P=4.46E−08), where NT5DC1 and COL10A1 reside; the SEC23IP locus (P=6.47E−07); the PSD locus (P=7.58E−08) and ZCCHC4 locus (P=1.79E−06). No genome-wide significant association was observed among the common variants. The strongest signal was noted at rs9325032 in PPP2R2B (odds ratio=0.81, P=1.61E−05). Taken together, our data add to the growing evidence of general signal transduction molecules (NT5DC1, PSD, SEC23IP and ZCCHC4) having an important role in the etiology of ADHD. Although the biological implications of these findings need to be further explored, they highlight the possible role of cellular communication as a potential core component in the development of both adult and childhood forms of ADHD.
KW  - chip analyses
KW  - ADHD
KW  - adulthood
KW  - Illumina Human Exome Bead Chip
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-168297
VL  - 6
IS  - e923
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Zahnert, Thomas
A1  - Löwenheim, Hubert
A1  - Beutner, Dirk
A1  - Hagen, Rudolf
A1  - Ernst, Arneborg
A1  - Pau, Hans-Wilhelm
A1  - Zehlicke, Thorsten
A1  - Kühne, Hilke
A1  - Friese, Natascha
A1  - Tropitzsch, Anke
A1  - Lüers, Jan-Christoffer
A1  - Mlynski, Robert
A1  - Todt, Ingo
A1  - Hüttenbrink, Karl-Bernd
T1  - Multicenter Clinical Trial of Vibroplasty Couplers to Treat Mixed/Conductive Hearing Loss: First Results
JF  - Audiology and Neurotology
N2  - Objective: To evaluate the safety and effectiveness of round window (RW), oval window (OW), CliP and Bell couplers for use with an active middle ear implant. Methods: This is a multicenter, long-term, prospective trial with consecutive enrollment, involving 6 university hospitals in Germany. Bone conduction, air conduction, implant-aided warble-tone thresholds and Freiburger monosyllable word recognition scores were compared with unaided preimplantation results in 28 moderate-to-profound hearing-impaired patients after 12 months of follow-up. All patients had previously undergone failed reconstruction surgeries (up to 5 or more). In a subset of patients, additional speech tests at 12 months postoperatively were used to compare the aided with the unaided condition after implantation with the processor switched off. An established quality-of-life questionnaire for hearing aids was used to determine patient satisfaction. Results: Postoperative bone conduction remained stable. Mean functional gain for all couplers was 37 dB HL (RW = 42 dB, OW = 35 dB, Bell = 38 dB, CliP = 27 dB). The mean postoperative Freiburger monosyllable score was 71% at 65 dB SPL. The postimplantation mean SRT<sub>50</sub> (speech reception in quiet for 50% understanding of words in sentences) improved on average by 23 dB over unaided testing and signal-to-noise ratios also improved in all patients. The International Outcome Inventory for Hearing Aids (IOI-HA)quality-of-life questionnaire was scored very positively by all patients. Conclusion: A significant improvement was seen with all couplers, and patients were satisfied with the device at 12 months postoperatively. These results demonstrate that an active implant is an advantage in achieving good hearing benefit in patients with prior failed reconstruction surgery.
KW  - conductive hearing loss
KW  - mixed hearing loss
KW  - vibroplasty
KW  - couplers
KW  - middle ear implant
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-199129
SN  - 1420-3030
SN  - 1421-9700
N1  - This publication is with permission of the rights owner freely accessible due to an Alliance licence and a national licence (funded by the DFG, German Research Foundation) respectively.
VL  - 21
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Yadav, Preeti
A1  - Selvaraj, Bhuvaneish T.
A1  - Bender, Florian L. P.
A1  - Behringer, Marcus
A1  - Moradi, Mehri
A1  - Sivadasan, Rajeeve
A1  - Dombert, Benjamin
A1  - Blum, Robert
A1  - Asan, Esther
A1  - Sauer, Markus
A1  - Julien, Jean-Pierre
A1  - Sendtner, Michael
T1  - Neurofilament depletion improves microtubule dynamics via modulation of Stat3/stathmin signaling
JF  - Acta Neuropathologica
N2  - In neurons, microtubules form a dense array within axons, and the stability and function of this microtubule network is modulated by neurofilaments. Accumulation of neurofilaments has been observed in several forms of neurodegenerative diseases, but the mechanisms how elevated neurofilament levels destabilize axons are unknown so far. Here, we show that increased neurofilament expression in motor nerves of pmn mutant mice, a model of motoneuron disease, causes disturbed microtubule dynamics. The disease is caused by a point mutation in the tubulin-specific chaperone E (Tbce) gene, leading to an exchange of the most C-terminal amino acid tryptophan to glycine. As a consequence, the TBCE protein becomes instable which then results in destabilization of axonal microtubules and defects in axonal transport, in particular in motoneurons. Depletion of neurofilament increases the number and regrowth of microtubules in pmn mutant motoneurons and restores axon elongation. This effect is mediated by interaction of neurofilament with the stathmin complex. Accumulating neurofilaments associate with stathmin in axons of pmn mutant motoneurons. Depletion of neurofilament by Nefl knockout increases Stat3-stathmin interaction and stabilizes the microtubules in pmn mutant motoneurons. Consequently, counteracting enhanced neurofilament expression improves axonal maintenance and prolongs survival of pmn mutant mice. We propose that this mechanism could also be relevant for other neurodegenerative diseases in which neurofilament accumulation and loss of microtubules are prominent features.
KW  - Amyotrophic-lateral-sclerosis
KW  - Transgenic mice
KW  - Mouse model
KW  - Alzheimers disease
KW  - Neurofilament
KW  - Progressive motor neuronopathy
KW  - Axonal transport
KW  - Intermediate filaments
KW  - Motoneuron disease
KW  - Lacking neurofilaments
KW  - Missense mutation
KW  - Axon degeneration
KW  - Microtubules
KW  - Stathmin
KW  - Stat3
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-188234
VL  - 132
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Yadav, Preeti
T1  - Studying Neuronal Cytoskeleton Defects and Synaptic Defects in Mouse Model of Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Spinal Muscular Atrophy
T1  - Die Analyse des neuronalen Zytoskeletts und synaptischer Defekte im Mausmodel der Amyotrophen Lateralsklerose und der Spinalen Muskelatrophie
N2  - Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and spinal muscular atrophy are the two most common motoneuron diseases. Both are characterized by destabilization of axon terminals, axon degeneration and alterations in neuronal cytoskeleton. Accumulation of neurofilaments has been observed in several neurodegenerative diseases but the mechanisms how elevated neurofilament levels destabilize axons are unknown so far. Here, I show that increased neurofilament expression in motor nerves of pmn mutant mice causes disturbed microtubule dynamics. Depletion of neurofilament by Nefl knockout increases the number and regrowth of microtubules in pmn mutant motoneurons and restores axon elongation. This effect is mediated by interaction of neurofilament with the stathmin complex. Depletion of neurofilament increases stathmin-Stat3 interaction and stabilizes the microtubules. Consequently, the axonal maintenance is improved and the pmn mutant mice survive longer. We propose that this mechanism could also be relevant for other neurodegenerative diseases in which neurofilament accumulation is a prominent feature.
Next, using Smn-/-;SMN2 mouse as a model, the molecular mechanism behind synapse loss in SMA is studied. SMA is characterized by degeneration of lower α-motoneurons in spinal cord; however, how reduction of ubiquitously expressed SMN leads to MN-specific degeneration remains unclear. SMN is involved in pre-mRNA splicing (Pellizzoni, Kataoka et al. 1998) and its deficiency in SMA affects the splicing machinery. Neuromuscular junction denervation precedes neurodegeneration in SMA. However, there is no evidence of a link between aberrant splicing of transcripts downstream of Smn and reduced presynaptic axon excitability observed in SMA. In this study, we observed that expression and splicing of Nrxn2, that encodes a presynaptic protein is affected in the SMA mouse and that Nrxn2 could be a candidate that relates aberrant splicing to synaptic motoneuron defects in SMA.
N2  - Die Amyotrophe Lateralsklerose und die spinale Muskelatrophie sind die beiden häufigsten Formen der Motoneuronerkrankungen. Sie sind charakterisiert durch eine Destabilisierung der Axonendigungen, durch Axondegeneration und durch Änderungen im neuronalen Zytoskelett. Eine Anhäufung von Neurofilamenten konnte in einigen neurodegenerativen Erkrankungen beobachtet werden. Der genaue Mechanismus, welcher zu einer Destabilisierung des Axons führt, ist bis heute jedoch unklar. Hiermit zeige ich, dass eine gesteigerte Expression von Neurofilamenten in motorischen Nerven von pmn mutierten Mäusen zu einer Störung der Mikrotubuli – Dynamik führt. Ein Neurofilamentabbau durch Nefl knockout steigert die Anzahl an neu wachsenden Mikrotubuli in pmn mutierten Motoneuronen und führt zu erneutem Axonwachstum. Dieser Effekt wird durch eine Interaktion zwischen dem Neurofilament und dem Stathmin Komplex vermittelt. Ein Abbau des Neurofilaments führt zu einer Erhöhung der Stathmin-Stat3 Interaktion und zu einer Stabilisierung der Mikrotubuli. Demzufolge ist die Versorgung der Axone verbessert und die pmn mutierten Mäuse überleben länger. Wir vermuten, dass dieser Mechanismus auch für andere neurodegenerative Erkrankungen, bei denen Neurofilamentanhäufung ein dominantes Merkmal ist, relevant sein könnte.
Des Weiteren studierte ich mit Hilfe des Smn-/-;SMN2 Mausmodels, den molekularen Mechanismus der sich hinter dem Synapsenverlust bei SMA verbirgt. SMA ist charakterisiert durch eine Degeneration der unteren -Motoneuronen im Rückenmark. Es ist jedoch unklar, wie ein Verlust des ubiquitär exprimierten SMN Proteins zu einer MN-spezifischen Degeneration führt. Smn ist involviert in den Prozess des pre-mRNA Splicing (Pellizzoni, Kataoka et al. 1998) und ein Verlust des Proteins führt zu einer Störung des Splicing. Eine Denervierung der motorischen Endplatte führt zu einer Neurodegeneration in SMA. Es gibt jedoch keinen Hinweis auf eine kausale Verbindung zwischen anomalem Splicen von stromabwärts gelegenen Transkripten des Smn und einer Reduktion präsynaptischer Axone, wie man es bei SMA beobachten kann. In dieser Studie konnten wir beobachten, dass Expression und Splicing von Nrxn2, welches für ein präsynaptisches Protein kodiert, in SMA Mäusen betroffen ist und dass Nrxn2 ein Kandidat sein könnte, der eine Verbindung zwischen Störungen im Splice Prozess und synaptischen Motoneuron-Defekten in der SMA herstellen könnte.
KW  - Neurofilament
KW  - Neurofilament
KW  - Zellskelett
KW  - Spinale Muskelatrophie
KW  - Cytoskeleton
KW  - Spinal muscular Atrophy
KW  - Pmn mutant mouse
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-138093
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Xu, Li
A1  - He, Jianzheng
A1  - Kaiser, Andrea
A1  - Gräber, Nikolas
A1  - Schläger, Laura
A1  - Ritze, Yvonne
A1  - Scholz, Henrike
T1  - A Single Pair of Serotonergic Neurons Counteracts Serotonergic Inhibition of Ethanol Attraction in Drosophila
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Attraction to ethanol is common in both flies and humans, but the neuromodulatory mechanisms underlying this innate attraction are not well understood. Here, we dissect the function of the key regulator of serotonin signaling—the serotonin transporter–in innate olfactory attraction to ethanol in Drosophila melanogaster. We generated a mutated version of the serotonin transporter that prolongs serotonin signaling in the synaptic cleft and is targeted via the Gal4 system to different sets of serotonergic neurons. We identified four serotonergic neurons that inhibit the olfactory attraction to ethanol and two additional neurons that counteract this inhibition by strengthening olfactory information. Our results reveal that compensation can occur on the circuit level and that serotonin has a bidirectional function in modulating the innate attraction to ethanol. Given the evolutionarily conserved nature of the serotonin transporter and serotonin, the bidirectional serotonergic mechanisms delineate a basic principle for how random behavior is switched into targeted approach behavior.
KW  - attraction
KW  - ethanol
KW  - Drosophila melanogaster
KW  - serotonin transporter
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166762
VL  - 11
IS  - 12
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wölfling, Mirko
A1  - Becker, Mira C.
A1  - Uhl, Britta
A1  - Traub, Anja
A1  - Fiedler, Konrad
T1  - How differences in the settling behaviour of moths (Lepidoptera) may contribute to sampling bias when using automated light traps
JF  - European Journal of Entomology
N2  - Quantitative community-wide moth surveys frequently employ flight-interception traps equipped with UV-light emitting sources as attractants. It has long been known that moth species differ in their responsiveness to light traps. We studied how the settling behaviour of moths at a light trap may further contribute to sampling bias. We observed the behaviour of 1426 moths at a light tower. Moths were classified as either, settling and remaining still after arrival, or continually moving on the gauze for extended periods of time. Moths that did not move after settling may not end up in the sampling container of the light trap and therefore are under-represented in automated trap samples relative to their true proportions in the community. Our analyses revealed highly significant behavioural differences between moths that differed in body size. Small moths were more likely to remain stationary after settling. As a corollary, representatives of three taxa, which in Europe are predominantly small species (Nolidae, Geometridae: Eupitheciini, Erebidae: Lithosiini), usually settled down immediately, whereas most other moths remained active on or flying around the trap for some time. Moth behaviour was also modulated by ambient temperature. At high temperatures, they were less likely to settle down immediately, but this behavioural difference was most strongly apparent among medium-sized moths. These results indicate the likely extent of the sampling bias when analysing and interpreting automated light-trap samples. Furthermore, to control for temperature modulated sampling bias temperature should always be recorded when sampling moths using flight-interception traps.
KW  - Lepidoptera
KW  - moths
KW  - biodiversity assessment
KW  - sampling method
KW  - light-trapping
KW  - sampling bias
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-191154
VL  - 113
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wächtler, Maria
A1  - Kübel, Joachim
A1  - Barthelmes, Kevin
A1  - Winter, Andreas
A1  - Schmiedel, Alexander
A1  - Pascher, Torbjörn
A1  - Lambert, Christoph
A1  - Schubert, Ulrich S.
A1  - Dietzek, Benjamin
T1  - Energy transfer and formation of long-lived \(^3\)MLCT states in multimetallic complexes with extended highly conjugated bis-terpyridyl ligands
JF  - Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics
N2  - Multimetallic complexes with extended and highly conjugated bis-2,2':6',2''-terpyridyl bridging ligands, which present building blocks for coordination polymers, are investigated with respect to their ability to act as light-harvesting antennae. The investigated species combine Ru(II)- with Os(II)- and Fe(II)-terpyridyl chromophores, the latter acting as energy sinks. Due to the extended conjugated system the ligands are able to prolong the lifetime of the \(^3\)MLCT states compared to unsubstituted terpyridyl species by delocalization and energetic stabilization of the \(^3\)MLCT states. This concept is applied for the first time to Fe(II) terpyridyl species and results in an exceptionally long lifetime of 23 ps for the Fe(II) \(^3\)MLCT state. While partial energy (>80%) transfer is observed between the Ru(II) and Fe(II) centers with a time-constant of 15 ps, excitation energy is transferred completely from the Ru(II) to the Os(II) center within the first 200 fs after excitation.
KW  - polypyridyl complexes
KW  - bis-terpyridyl ligands
KW  - multimetallic complexes
KW  - metal-to-ligand charge transfer (MLCT)
KW  - RU-(II) complexes
KW  - Ru(II)–Fe(II)–Ru(II) complex
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-191041
VL  - 18
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wunsch, Marie
A1  - Hohmann, Christopher
A1  - Milles, Bianca
A1  - Rostermund, Christina
A1  - Lehmann, Paul V.
A1  - Schroeter, Michael
A1  - Bayas, Antonios
A1  - Ulzheimer, Jochen
A1  - Mäurer, Mathias
A1  - Ergün, Süleyman
A1  - Kuerten, Stefanie
T1  - The Correlation between the Virus- and Brain Antigen-Specific B Cell Response in the Blood of Patients with Multiple Sclerosis
JF  - Viruses
N2  - There is a largely divergent body of literature regarding the relationship between Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) infection and brain inflammation in multiple sclerosis (MS). Here, we tested MS patients during relapse (n = 11) and in remission (n = 19) in addition to n = 22 healthy controls to study the correlation between the EBV- and brain-specific B cell response in the blood by enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISPOT) and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Cytomegalovirus (CMV) was used as a control antigen tested in n = 16 MS patients during relapse and in n = 35 patients in remission. Over the course of the study, n = 16 patients were untreated, while n = 33 patients received immunomodulatory therapy. The data show that there was a moderate correlation between the frequencies of EBV- and brain-reactive B cells in MS patients in remission. In addition we could detect a correlation between the B cell response to EBV and disease activity. There was no evidence of an EBV reactivation. Interestingly, there was also a correlation between the frequencies of CMV- and brain-specific B cells in MS patients experiencing an acute relapse and an elevated B cell response to CMV was associated with higher disease activity. The trend remained when excluding seronegative subjects but was non-significant. These data underline that viral infections might impact the immunopathology of MS, but the exact link between the two entities remains subject of controversy.
KW  - B cells
KW  - CMV
KW  - EBV
KW  - ELISPOT
KW  - MS
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146946
VL  - 8
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wunsch, Kathrin
A1  - Pfister, Roland
A1  - Henning, Anne
A1  - Aschersleben, Gisa
A1  - Weigelt, Matthias
T1  - No Interrelation of Motor Planning and Executive Functions across Young Ages
JF  - Frontiers in Psychology
N2  - The present study examined the developmental trajectories of motor planning and executive functioning in children. To this end, we tested 217 participants with three motor tasks, measuring anticipatory planning abilities (i.e., the bar-transport-task, the sword-rotation-task and the grasp-height-task), and three cognitive tasks, measuring executive functions (i.e., the Tower-of-Hanoi-task, the Mosaic-task, and the D2-attention-endurance-task). Children were aged between 3 and 10 years and were separated into age groups by 1-year bins, resulting in a total of eight groups of children and an additional group of adults. Results suggested (1) a positive developmental trajectory for each of the sub-tests, with better task performance as children get older; (2) that the performance in the separate tasks was not correlated across participants in the different age groups; and (3) that there was no relationship between performance in the motor tasks and in the cognitive tasks used in the present study when controlling for age. These results suggest that both, motor planning and executive functions are rather heterogeneous domains of cognitive functioning with fewer interdependencies than often suggested.
KW  - anticipatory planning
KW  - end-state comfort effect
KW  - developmental disorders
KW  - child development
KW  - motor development
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165281
VL  - 7
IS  - 1031
ER  - 
TY  - CHAP
A1  - Wotruba, Markus
T1  - E-Impact -Auswirkungen des Online-Handels auf den Flächenbedarf im stationären Handel
T2  - Online-Handel ist Wandel
N2  - No abstract available.
KW  - e-impact
KW  - Online-Handel
KW  - Stationärer Handel
KW  - Flächenbedarf
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-185243
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wolfsteiner, Ulrike
T1  - Kombination von arteriovenöser extrakorporaler Lungenassistenz und Hochfrequenzoszillation im Großtier-ARDS-Modell: Einfluss auf den Gasaustausch
T1  - Combination of arteriovenous extracorporeal lung assist and high-frequency oscillatory ventilation in an animal-model of ARDS: influence on gas exchange
N2  - Hintergrund: Durch den Einsatz der Hochfrequenzoszillationsbeatmung (HFOV) kann das applizierte Tidalvolumen minimiert und dadurch das Risiko für alveolären Scherstress reduziert werden, allerdings resultieren höhere Oszillationsfrequenzen in einer insuffizienten CO2-Elimination mit Entstehung einer Hyperkapnie und respiratorischen Azidose. In dieser experimentellen Studie wurde die Auswirkung verschiedener Oszillationsfrequenzen bei der HFOV auf die CO2-Elimination mit und ohne die Hinzunahme einer arteriovenösen extrakorporalen Lungenassistenz (avECLA) im Großtier-ARDS-Modell untersucht. Unsere Hypothese: die Verwendung hoher Oszillationsfrequenzen und damit die Minimierung des Tidalvolumens erfordert die Kombination einer HFOV mit einer avECLA, um Normokapnie zu erhalten oder wiederherzustellen. 
Methodik: Hierzu wurden acht gesunde Pietrain-Schweine (56,5 ± 4,4 kg) narkotisiert und intubiert und anschließend mittels pulmonaler Lavage ein schweres iatrogenes ARDS herbeigeführt. Nach einstündiger Stabilisierungsphase (PaO2 durchgehend < 80 mmHg) erfolgte ein Recruitment-Manöver und die Einstellung des mittleren Atemwegsdrucks auf 3 cmH2O über dem zuvor bestimmten unteren Inflektionspunkt. Anschließend wurden die Tiere der HFOV zugeführt, randomisiert und mit entweder auf- oder absteigenden Oszillationsfrequenzen jeweils 30 Minuten mit und ohne Hinzunahme der avECLA beatmet. 
Ergebnisse: Ab Oszillationsfrequenzen von 9 Hz entwickelten die Versuchstiere ohne die Hinzunahme einer avECLA zügig eine Hyperkapnie, welcher nur durch die Hinzunahme der avECLA entgegengewirkt werden konnte. Durch das Recruitment-Manöver und die Einstellung des mittleren Atemwegsdrucks auf 3 cmH2O über dem unteren Inflektionspunkt konnte die Oxygenierung dauerhaft signifikant verbessert werden (p<0.05). Die Ergebnisse der beiden Gruppen (auf- vs. absteigende Oszillationsfrequenzen) unterschieden sich dabei nicht voneinander.
Zusammenfassung:  Bei der Hochfrequenzoszillationsbeatmung (HFOV) konnte Normokapnie bei Oszillationsfrequenzen von 9 – 15 Hz nur durch die Kombination mit einer arteriovenösen extrakorporalen Lungenassistenz (avECLA) aufrecht erhalten werden. Zusätzlich konnte nach dem Recruitment-Manöver und der Einstellung des mittleren Atemwegsdrucks auf 3 cmH2O über dem unteren Inflektionspunkt auch noch bei sehr hohen Oszillationsfrequenzen eine dauerhafte, signifikante Verbesserung der Oxygenierung verzeichnet werden. Somit demaskiert die avECLA das lungenprotektive Potential der HFOV: die Minimierung der applizierten Tidalvolumina begrenzt nicht nur eine alveoläre Überblähung und damit Volutraumata, die Applikation höherer mittlerer Atemwegsdrücke ermöglicht darüber hinaus ein pulmonales Recruitment und schützt die Lunge damit vor Atelekttraumata.
N2  - Background:  During high-frequency oscillatory ventilation (HFOV) the applied tidal volume can be minimized and thereby reduce the risk of alveolar shear stress, however, higher oscillatory frequencies result in insufficient CO2-elimination with development of hypercapnia and respiratory acidosis. In this experimental study, the effect of different oscillatory frequencies in HFOV in regards to CO2-elimination with or without the combination with an arteriovenous extracorporeal lung assist (av-ECLA) was investigated in an animal-model of ARDS. Our hypothesis: the use of high oscillation frequencies and therefore the minimization of tidal volume requires the combination of HFOV with av-ECLA to maintain or reestablish normocapnia.
Methods: Therefore eight healthy pigs (56.5 ± 4.4 kg) were anesthetized and intubated, followed by a pulmonary lavage to induce a severe iatrogenic ARDS. After a stabilisation period of 60 minutes (PaO2 continuously < 80 mmHg) a recruitment maneuver was performed and mean airway pressure was adjusted 3 cmH2O above the previously determined lower inflection point. The animals were then transferred to HFOV, randomized and ventilated with either ascending or descending oscillatory frequencies for 30 minutes alternating with and without av-ECLA.
Results: At oscillatory frequencies of 9 Hz and above without av-ECLA, the animals rapidly developed a hypercapnia, which could only be counteracted by combining HFOV with av-ECLA. Due to the recruitment maneuver and the adjustment of the mean airway pressure to 3 cmH2O above the lower inflection point, the oxygenation could be significantly improved throughout the trial (p<0.05). The results of both groups (ascending vs. descending oscillatory frequencies) did not differ from each other.
Conclusion: During high-frequency oscillatory ventilation (HFOV) with oscillatory frequencies of 9 - 15 Hz, normocapnia could only be maintained by the combination with an arteriovenous extracorporeal lung assist (av-ECLA). In addition, after recruitment maneuver and the adjustment of the mean airway pressure to 3 cmH2O above the lower inflection point, a permanent and significant improvement in the oxygenation could be observed, even at very high oscillation frequencies. Therefore, the av-ECLA unmasks the lung-protective potential of HFOV: the minimization of the applied tidal volume not only limits an alveolar over-inflation and therefore volutrauma; the application of higher mean airway pressures also enables pulmonary recruitment and therefore protects the lung from atelecttrauma.
KW  - ARDS
KW  - av-ECLA
KW  - Hochfrequenz-Oszillations-Ventilation
KW  - ARDS
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-150828
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wolf, Karen
A1  - Braun, Attila
A1  - Haining, Elizabeth J.
A1  - Tseng, Yu-Lun
A1  - Kraft, Peter
A1  - Schuhmann, Michael K.
A1  - Gotru, Sanjeev K.
A1  - Chen, Wenchun
A1  - Hermanns, Heike M.
A1  - Stoll, Guido
A1  - Lesch, Klaus-Peter
A1  - Nieswandt, Bernhard
T1  - Partially Defective Store Operated Calcium Entry and Hem(ITAM) Signaling in Platelets of Serotonin Transporter Deficient Mice
JF  - PLoS One
N2  - Background
Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamin, 5-HT) is an indolamine platelet agonist, biochemically derived from tryptophan. 5-HT is secreted from the enterochromaffin cells into the gastrointestinal tract and blood. Blood 5-HT has been proposed to regulate hemostasis by acting as a vasoconstrictor and by triggering platelet signaling through 5-HT receptor 2A (5HTR2A). Although platelets do not synthetize 5-HT, they take 5-HT up from the blood and store it in their dense granules which are secreted upon platelet activation.

Objective
To identify the molecular composite of the 5-HT uptake system in platelets and elucidate the role of platelet released 5-HT in thrombosis and ischemic stroke. Methods: 5-HT transporter knockout mice (5Htt\(^{-/-}\)) were analyzed in different in vitro and in vivo assays and in a model of ischemic stroke.

Results
In 5Htt\(^{-/-}\) platelets, 5-HT uptake from the blood was completely abolished and agonist-induced Ca2+ influx through store operated Ca\(^{2+}\) entry (SOCE), integrin activation, degranulation and aggregation responses to glycoprotein VI (GPVI) and C-type lectin-like receptor 2 (CLEC-2) were reduced. These observed in vitro defects in 5Htt\(^{-/-}\) platelets could be normalized by the addition of exogenous 5-HT. Moreover, reduced 5-HT levels in the plasma, an increased bleeding time and the formation of unstable thrombi were observed ex vivo under flow and in vivo in the abdominal aorta and carotid artery of 5Htt\(^{-/-}\) mice. Surprisingly, in the transient middle cerebral artery occlusion (tMCAO) model of ischemic stroke 5Htt\(^{-/-}\) mice showed nearly normal infarct volume and the neurological outcome was comparable to control mice.

Conclusion
Although secreted platelet 5-HT does not appear to play a crucial role in the development of reperfusion injury after stroke, it is essential to amplify the second phase of platelet activation through SOCE and plays an important role in thrombus stabilization.
KW  - platelets
KW  - serotonin
KW  - integrins
KW  - blood flow
KW  - collagens
KW  - platelet activation
KW  - platelet aggregation
KW  - ischemic stroke
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146399
VL  - 11
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wohlgemuth, Matthias
A1  - Mitric, Roland
T1  - Photochemical Chiral Symmetry Breaking in Alanine
JF  - Journal of Physical Chemistry A
N2  - We introduce a general theoretical approach for the simulation of photochemical dynamics under the influence of circularly polarized light to explore the possibility of generating enantiomeric enrichment through polarized-light-selective photochemistry. The method is applied to the simulation of the photolysis of alanine, a prototype chiral amino acid. We show that a systematic enantiomeric enrichment can be obtained depending on the helicity of the circularly polarized light that induces the excited-state photochemistry of alanine. By analyzing the patterns of the photoinduced fragmentation of alanine we find an inducible enantiomeric enrichment up to 1.7%, which is also in good correspondence to the experimental findings. Our method is generally applicable to complex systems and might serve to systematically explore the photochemical origin of homochirality.
KW  - circularly-polarized light
KW  - amino-acids
KW  - homochirality
KW  - molecular dynamics
KW  - dichroism
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-158557
UR  - https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.jpca.6b07611
N1  - This document is the Accepted Manuscript version of a Published Work that appeared in final form in Journal of Physical Chemistry A, copyright © American Chemical Society after peer review and technical editing by the publisher. To access the final edited and published work see https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.jpca.6b07611
VL  - 45
IS  - 120
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wittmann, Katharina
A1  - Sieber, Cornel
A1  - von Stengel, Simon
A1  - Kohl, Matthias
A1  - Freiberger, Ellen
A1  - Jakob, Franz
A1  - Lell, Michael
A1  - Engelke, Klaus
A1  - Kemmler, Wolfgang
T1  - Impact of whole body electromyostimulation on cardiometabolic risk factors in older women with sarcopenic obesity: the randomized controlled FORMOsA-sarcopenic obesity study
JF  - Clinical Interventions in Aging
N2  - Background: 
Sarcopenic obesity (SO) is characterized by a combination of low muscle and high fat mass with an additive negative effect of both conditions on cardiometabolic risk. The aim of the study was to determine the effect of whole-body electromyostimulation (WB-EMS) on the metabolic syndrome (MetS) in community-dwelling women aged ≥70 years with SO.

Methods: 
The study was conducted in an ambulatory university setting. Seventy-five community-dwelling women aged ≥70 years with SO living in Northern Bavaria, Germany, were randomly allocated to either 6 months of WB-EMS application with (WB-EMS&P) or without (WB-EMS) dietary supplementation (150 kcal/day, 56% protein) or a non-training control group (CG). WB-EMS included one session of 20 min (85 Hz, 350 µs, 4 s of strain–4 s of rest) per week with moderate-to-high intensity. The primary study endpoint was the MetS Z-score with the components waist circumference (WC), mean arterial pressure (MAP), triglycerides, fasting plasma glucose, and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C); secondary study endpoints were changes in these determining variables.

Results: 
MetS Z-score decreased in both groups; however, changes compared with the CG were significant (P=0.001) in the WB-EMS&P group only. On analyzing the components of the MetS, significant positive effects for both WB-EMS groups (P≤0.038) were identified for MAP, while the WB-EMS group significantly differed for WC (P=0.036), and the WB-EMS&P group significantly differed for HDL-C (P=0.006) from the CG. No significant differences were observed between the WB-EMS groups.

Conclusion: 
The study clearly confirms the favorable effect of WB-EMS application on the MetS in community-dwelling women aged ≥70 years with SO. However, protein-enriched supplements did not increase effects of WB-EMS alone. In summary, we considered this novel technology an effective and safe method to prevent cardiometabolic risk factors and diseases in older women unable or unwilling to exercise conventionally.
KW  - sarcopenia
KW  - obesity
KW  - whole-body electromyostimulation
KW  - cardiovascular
KW  - metabolic risk
KW  - metabolic syndrome
KW  - community-dwelling
KW  - older people
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164930
VL  - 11
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wilhelm, M.
A1  - Smetak, M.
A1  - Reimer, P.
A1  - Geissinger, E.
A1  - Ruediger, T.
A1  - Metzner, B.
A1  - Schmitz, N.
A1  - Engert, A.
A1  - Schaefer-Eckart, K.
A1  - Birkmann, J.
T1  - First-line therapy of peripheral T-cell lymphoma: extension and long-term follow-up of a study investigating the role of autologous stem cell transplantation
JF  - Blood Cancer Journal
N2  - Current guidelines recommend consolidation with autologous stem cell transplantation (autoSCT) after induction chemotherapy for most patients with peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL). This assumption is based on five prospective phase II studies, three of which included <50 patients with limited follow-up. Here we present the final analysis of the prospective German study. The treatment regimen consisted of four to six cycles of CHOP chemotherapy followed by mobilizing therapy and stem cell collection. Patients in complete remission (CR) or partial remission (PR) underwent myeloablative chemo(radio)therapy and autoSCT. From January 2001 to July 2010, 111 patients were enrolled in the study. The main subgroups were PTCL not specified (n=42) and angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma (n=37). Seventy-five (68%) of the 111 patients received transplantation. The main reason for not receiving autoSCT was progressive disease. In an intent-to-treat analysis, the complete response rate after myeloablative therapy was 59%. The estimated 5-year overall survival, disease-free survival and progression-free survival rates were 44%, 54% and 39%, respectively. The results of this study confirm that upfront autoSCT can result in long-term remissions in patients with all major subtypes of PTCL and therefore should be part of first-line therapy whenever possible.
KW  - Chemotherapy
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164506
VL  - 6
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wildgruber, Moritz
A1  - Aschenbrenner, Teresa
A1  - Wendorff, Heiko
A1  - Czubba, Maria
A1  - Glinzer, Almut
A1  - Haller, Bernhard
A1  - Schiemann, Matthias
A1  - Zimmermann, Alexander
A1  - Berger, Hermann
A1  - Eckstein, Hans-Henning
A1  - Meier, Reinhard
A1  - Wohlgemuth, Walter A.
A1  - Libby, Peter
A1  - Zernecke, Alma
T1  - The "Intermediate" CD14\(^{++}\)CD16\(^{+}\) monocyte subset increases in severe peripheral artery disease in humans
JF  - Scientific Reports
N2  - Monocytes are key players in atherosclerotic. Human monocytes display a considerable heterogeneity and at least three subsets can be distinguished. While the role of monocyte subset heterogeneity has already been well investigated in coronary artery disease (CAD), the knowledge about monocytes and their heterogeneity in peripheral artery occlusive disease (PAOD) still is limited. Therefore, we aimed to investigate monocyte subset heterogeneity in patients with PAOD. Peripheral blood was obtained from 143 patients suffering from PAOD (Rutherford stage I to VI) and three monocyte subsets were identified by flow cytometry: CD14\(^{++}\)CD16\(^{-}\) classical monocytes, CD14\(^{+}\)CD16\(^{++}\) non-classical monocytes and CD14\(^{++}\)CD16\(^{+}\) intermediate monocytes. Additionally the expression of distinct surface markers (CD106, CD162 and myeloperoxidase MPO) was analyzed. Proportions of CD14\(^{++}\)CD16\(^{+}\) intermediate monocyte levels were significantly increased in advanced stages of PAOD, while classical and non-classical monocytes displayed no such trend. Moreover, CD162 and MPO expression increased significantly in intermediate monocyte subsets in advanced disease stages. Likewise, increased CD162 and MPO expression was noted in CD14\(^{++}\)CD16\(^{-}\) classical monocytes. These data suggest substantial dynamics in monocyte subset distributions and phenotypes in different stages of PAOD, which can either serve as biomarkers or as potential therapeutic targets to decrease the inflammatory burden in advanced stages of atherosclerosis.
KW  - peripheral artery occlusive disease
KW  - monocyte subset
KW  - humans
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167476
VL  - 6
IS  - 39483
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wieser, Matthias J.
A1  - Reicherts, Philipp
A1  - Juravle, Georgiana
A1  - von Leupoldt, Andreas
T1  - Attention mechanisms during predictable and unpredictable threat - a steady-state visual evoked potential approach
JF  - NeuroImage
N2  - Fear is elicited by imminent threat and leads to phasic fear responses with selective attention, whereas anxiety is characterized by a sustained state of heightened vigilance due to uncertain danger. In the present study, we investigated attention mechanisms in fear and anxiety by adapting the NPU-threat test to measure steady-state visual evoked potentials (ssVEPs). We investigated ssVEPs across no aversive events (N), predictable aversive events (P), and unpredictable aversive events (U), signaled by four-object arrays (30 s). In addition, central cues were presented during all conditions but predictably signaled imminent threat only during the P condition. Importantly, cues and context events were flickered at different frequencies (15 Hz vs. 20 Hz) in order to disentangle respective electrocortical responses. The onset of the context elicited larger electrocortical responses for U compared to P context. Conversely, P cues elicited larger electrocortical responses compared to N cues. Interestingly, during the presence of the P cue, visuocortical processing of the concurrent context was also enhanced. The results support the notion of enhanced initial hypervigilance to unpredictable compared to predictable threat contexts, while predictable cues show electrocortical enhancement of the cues themselves but additionally a boost of context processing.
KW  - Event-related potential
KW  - Contextual fear
KW  - Conditioning evidence
KW  - Sustained attention
KW  - Selective attention
KW  - Aversive events
KW  - Time-course
KW  - Virtual-reality
KW  - Anxiety
KW  - Humans
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187365
VL  - 139
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wiegner, Armin
T1  - Auswirkungen der gepaarten Stimulation des Hörnerven und des Nervus vagus auf die spektrale Plastizität im auditorischen Kortex der mongolischen Wüstenrennmaus
T1  - Effects of paired stimulation of auditory nerve and vagus nerve on spectral plasticity in auditory cortex of the Mongolian gerbil
N2  - Das Cochlea-Implantat (CI) ermöglichte bereits >300 000 hochgradig hörgeschädigten Menschen
weltweit eine grundsätzlich wiederhergestellte Hörfunktion. Es wird angenommen, dass sich das
Sprachverständnis von CI-Trägern verbessert, wenn die funktionale Trennung der CI-Kanäle erhöht
wird. Neben verschiedenen auf die auditorische Peripherie beschränkten Ansätzen gibt es Überlegungen, eine verbesserte Kanaltrennung durch die Rehabilitation taubheitsinduzierter Degenerationen in der spektralen Verarbeitung im zentralen auditorischen System zu erreichen. Es konnte in ertaubten Tieren bislang allerdings kein adäquates CI-Stimulationsmuster beschrieben werden, dass es erlaubte, eine gezielte neuronale Plastizität in der spektralen Verarbeitung zu induzieren.
Die Arbeitsgruppe um M.P. Kilgard (UT Dallas, USA) zeigte in mehreren Studien in hörenden Tieren,
dass auditorische Stimulation gepaart mit elektrischer Vagusnerv-Stimulation (VNS) zu einer gezielten kortikalen Plastizität führt. Diese gepaarte Stimulation konnte die spektrale Verarbeitung von Signalen im auditorischen Kortex (AC) gezielt beeinflussen und so z.B. pathologisch verbreiterte Repräsentationen von Tönen wieder verfeinern. Dieses hochgradige Potential für gezielte Plastizität im AC durch die gepaarte VNS scheint eine vielversprechende Lösung darzustellen, um die durch verbreiterte Repräsentation im ertaubten AC verminderte CI-Kanaltrennung zu verbessern. Vor diesem Hintergrund sollte in der vorliegenden Promotion die Übertragbarkeit dieses hochgradigen Potentials auf das ertaubte und CI-stimulierte auditorische System evaluiert werden.
Um die CI-Kanaltrennung zu untersuchen, wurde ein Multikanal-CI für die Mongolische Wüstenrennmaus (Gerbil) entwickelt. Trotz der kleinen Ausmaße von Cochlea und AC im Gerbil und der generell breiten neuronalen Erregung durch intracochleäre elektrische Stimulation konnte eine tonotop organisierte und selektive Repräsentation der neuronalen Antworten für mehrere CI-Kanäle im AC nachgewiesen werden. Für die gepaarte CI/VN-Stimulation wurden die Tiere zusätzlich mit einer Manschettenelektrode um den linken zervikalen Nervus vagus (VN) implantiert. Die chronischen Implantate erlaubten über mehrere Wochen hinweg eine stabile und zuverlässige elektrische Stimulation im frei-beweglichen Gerbil. Damit kombiniert das in dieser Promotion entwickelte Multikanal-CI-VNS-Modell die Vorteile einer tonotop selektiven und stabilen neuronalen Aktivierung mit den ethischen, kostenrelevanten und entwicklungsbezogenen Vorteilen, die der Einsatz von Kleinnagern bietet.
Als nächster Schritt wurde das grundsätzliche Potential der gepaarten CI/VN-Stimulation für gezielte plastische Veränderungen im AC des Gerbils getestet. Engineer et al. (2011) hatten bereits in akustischen Studien in hörenden Ratten die kortikale Überrepräsentation eines einzelnen chronisch mit VNS gepaarten Tones gezeigt. In der vorliegenden Promotion wurde versucht, die Ergebnisse aus der akustischen Studie in hörenden Ratten in zwei verschiedenen Studien im Gerbil zu reproduzieren. Analog zur gepaarten Ton/VN-Stimulation in der Ratte untersuchten wir zuerst in ertaubten Gerbils die Auswirkungen einkanaliger CI-Stimulation gepaart mit VNS. Im AC des Gerbils konnten keine Veränderung der zentralen Repräsentation des VNS gepaarten CI-Kanals festgestellt werden. Um speziesspezifische (Ratte vs. Gerbil) und stimulusspezifische (akustisch vs. elektrisch) Unterschiede zwischen den Studien als mögliche Gründe für das Ausbleiben der VNS induzierten Plastizität auszuschließen, wurde nun die gepaarte Ton/VN-Stimulation (Engineer et al., 2011) im hörenden Gerbil wiederholt. Eine kortikale Überrepräsentation des VNS gepaarten Signals konnte aber auch im hörenden Gerbil nicht reproduziert werden.
Mögliche Gründe für die Diskrepanz zwischen unseren Ergebnissen im Gerbil und den publizierten
Ergebnissen in der Ratte werden diskutiert. Die generelle Funktionsfähigkeit der VNS in den chronisch stimulierten Tieren wurde durch die Ableitung VNS evozierter Potentiale (VNEP) kontrolliert. Ein speziesspezifischer Unterschied erscheint bei der biologischen Nähe von Ratte und mongolischer Wüstenrennmaus unwahrscheinlich, kann allerdings durch die vorliegenden Studien nicht vollständig ausgeschlossen werden. Eine Abhängigkeit des plastischen Potentials der gepaarten VNS von der Stimulationsintensität ist bekannt. Da Ratten und Gerbils ähnliche VNEP-Schwellen zeigten und mit identischen VNS-Amplituden stimuliert wurden, gehen wir davon aus, dass Unterschiede im plastischen Potential gepaarter VNS zwischen beiden Spezies nicht auf die verwendete Stimulationsintensität zurückzuführen sind.
Die beschriebene Diskrepanz im Potential für kortikale Plastizität durch gepaarte VNS weckt Zweifel an der Übertragbarkeit des für die Ratte publizierten Potentials auf andere Spezies, einschließlich des Menschen.
N2  - Worldwide, cochlear implants (CI) successfully restored hearing in >300 000 severely hearing-
impaired patients. It is assumed that speech discrimination ability of CI users can be improved by increasing the number of functionally independent CI-channels. Aside from several approaches that focus on manipulations of the auditory periphery, there are considerations to target the central auditory system in order to improve CI-channel discrimination by restoring deafness-induced degradations in the neuronal spectral processing of auditory signals. Despite several studies in deaf animals on the effects of chronic CI-stimulation on the spectral representation of electric signals in the central auditory system, it was not yet possible to identify CI-stimulation patterns that were effecttive in inducing directed neuronal plasticity.
In hearing animals, M.P. Kilgard and colleagues (UT Dallas, USA) showed that auditory stimulation
paired with electric vagus nerve stimulation (VNS) can induce targeted cortical plasticity. The stimulus-specific potential of such paired stimulation was found to affect spectral signal processing in auditory cortex (AC) and was successfully used to restore pathologically expanded representations of acoustic tones. This powerful potential of paired VNS for directed plasticity in AC appears to be a promising approach to improve deafness-induced degradations in CI-channel representation in the central auditory system. The aim of this project was, therefore, to test the potential of paired CI/VN-stimulation on spectral neuronal plasticity in the deaf auditory system.
To investigate spectral interactions to intracochlear stimulation in the central auditory system, a multichannel CI for the Mongolian gerbil was developed. Despite the small scale of the gerbil cochlea and AC and despite the well-known broad spread of electric activation with a CI, tonotopic and selective representations of neuronal responses to several CI-channels were demonstrated in AC. To test the effects of paired CI/VN-stimulation on spectral signal processing, animals were implanted with a cuff electrode around the left cervical vagus nerve (VN). Chronic implants provided effective and reliable stimulation for several weeks in the free-moving gerbil. Taken together, the here described multichannel-CI-VNS-model combines the advantages of tonotopically selective and stable neuronal activation with the ethical, cost-related and developmental advantages of using rodents in auditory research.
As a next step, the potential of paired CI/VN-stimulation for directed plastic changes in the gerbil AC was tested. In acoustic studies in hearing rats, Engineer et al. (2011) had already reported the cortical overrepresentation of a single tone that was paired with VNS. In this project, we tried to reproduce the results of this acoustic study by two different studies in the Mongolian gerbils. First, analogue to the paired tone/VN-stimulation in the rat we investigated the effects of single channel CI-stimulation paired with VNS in the deaf gerbil. Results showed no effect of VNS on the spectral representation of the paired CI-channel in gerbil AC. To exclude species-specific (rat vs. gerbil) and stimulus-specific (acoustic vs. electric) differences between the two studies as potential causes underlying the lack of
VNS-induced plasticity, we next repeated the paired tone/VN stimulation (Engineer et al. 2011) in the hearing gerbil. Again, a change in the cortical representation of the VNS-paired signal could not be reproduced in the hearing gerbil.
Potential reasons for the discrepancy between our results in gerbils and the published results in rats are discussed. The general efficacy of VNS in the chronically stimulated animals was controlled by measuring VNS evoked potentials (VNEP). A species-specific difference seems to be unlikely, because of the biological proximity of rat and gerbil, but cannot fully be excluded by the present studies. It is known that the plastic potential of paired VNS is dependent on the stimulation level. Given that both rats and gerbils revealed similar VNEP thresholds and were stimulated with identical VNS-amplitudes, we conclude that differences in the plastic potential of paired VNS between both species are not explained by the used stimulation intensity.
The described discrepancy in the potential of paired VNS for cortical plasticity creates doubt about the simple transferability of the plastic potential reported in rat to other species, including humans.
KW  - Hörrinde
KW  - Plastizität
KW  - Vagus
KW  - Cochlear-Implantat
KW  - Mongolische Rennmaus
KW  - gepaarte Vagusnerv-Stimulation
KW  - Auditorischer Kortex
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-135887
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wiedenmann, J.
A1  - Bocquillon, E.
A1  - Deacon, R.S.
A1  - Hartinger, S.
A1  - Herrmann, O.
A1  - Klapwijk, T.M.
A1  - Maier, L.
A1  - Ames, C.
A1  - Brüne, C.
A1  - Gould, C.
A1  - Oiwa, A.
A1  - Ishibashi, K.
A1  - Tarucha, S.
A1  - Buhmann, H.
A1  - Molenkamp, L.W.
T1  - 4π-periodic Josephson supercurrent in HgTe-based topological Josephson junctions
JF  - Nature Communications
N2  - The Josephson effect describes the generic appearance of a supercurrent in a weak link between two superconductors. Its exact physical nature deeply influences the properties of the supercurrent. In recent years, considerable efforts have focused on the coupling of superconductors to the surface states of a three-dimensional topological insulator. In such a material, an unconventional induced p-wave superconductivity should occur, with a doublet of topologically protected gapless Andreev bound states, whose energies vary 4π-periodically with the superconducting phase difference across the junction. In this article, we report the observation of an anomalous response to rf irradiation in a Josephson junction made of a HgTe weak link. The response is understood as due to a 4π-periodic contribution to the supercurrent, and its amplitude is compatible with the expected contribution of a gapless Andreev doublet. Our work opens the way to more elaborate experiments to investigate the induced superconductivity in a three-dimensional insulator.
KW  - Josephson effect
KW  - supercurrent
KW  - superconductors
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-175353
VL  - 7
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wiebusch, Dennis
T1  - Reusability for Intelligent Realtime Interactive Systems
T1  - Wiederverwendbarkeit für Intelligente Echtzeit-interaktive Systeme
N2  - Software frameworks for Realtime Interactive Systems (RIS), e.g., in the areas of Virtual, Augmented, and Mixed Reality (VR, AR, and MR) or computer games, facilitate a multitude of functionalities by coupling diverse software modules. In this context, no uniform methodology for coupling these modules does exist; instead various purpose-built solutions have been proposed. As a consequence, important software qualities, such as maintainability, reusability, and adaptability, are impeded.
Many modern systems provide additional support for the integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) methods to create so called intelligent virtual environments. These methods exacerbate the above-mentioned problem of coupling software modules in the thus created Intelligent Realtime Interactive Systems (IRIS) even more.  This, on the one hand, is due to the commonly applied specialized data structures and asynchronous execution schemes, and the requirement for high consistency regarding content-wise coupled but functionally decoupled forms of data representation on the other.
This work proposes an approach to decoupling software modules in IRIS, which is based on the abstraction of architecture elements using a semantic Knowledge Representation Layer (KRL). The layer facilitates decoupling the required modules, provides a means for ensuring interface compatibility and consistency, and in the end constitutes an interface for symbolic AI methods.
N2  - Software Frameworks zur Entwicklung Echtzeit-interaktiver Systeme (engl. Realtime Interactive Systems, RIS), z.B. mit Anwendungen in der Virtual, Augmented und Mixed Reality (VR, AR und MR) sowie in Computerspielen, integrieren vielfältige Funktionalitäten durch die Kopplung verschiedener Softwaremodule. Eine einheitliche Methodik einer Kopplung in diesen Systemen besteht dabei nicht, stattdessen existieren mannigfaltige individuelle Lösungen. Als Resultat sinken wichtige Softwarequalitätsfaktoren wie Wartbarkeit, Wiederverwendbarkeit und Anpassbarkeit. 
Viele moderne Systeme setzen zusätzlich unterschiedliche Methoden der Künstlichen Intelligenz (KI) ein, um so intelligente virtuelle Umgebungen zu generieren. Diese KI-Methoden verschärfen in solchen Intelligenten Echtzeit-interaktiven Systemen (engl. Intelligent Realtime Interactive Systems, IRIS) das eingangs genannte Kopplungsproblem signifikant durch ihre spezialisierten Datenstrukturen und häufig asynchronen Prozessflüssen bei gleichzeitig hohen Konsistenzanforderungen bzgl. inhaltlich assoziierter, aber funktional entkoppelter Datenrepräsentationen in anderen Modulen. 
Die vorliegende Arbeit beschreibt einen Lösungsansatz für das Entkopplungsproblem mittels Abstraktion maßgeblicher Softwarearchitekturelemente basierend auf einer erweiterbaren semantischen Wissensrepräsentationsschicht. Diese semantische Abstraktionsschicht erlaubt die Entkopplung benötigter Module, ermöglicht eine automatische Überprüfung von Schnittstellenkompatibiltät und Konsistenz und stellt darüber hinaus eine generische Schnittstelle zu symbolischen KI-Methoden bereit.
KW  - Virtuelle Realität
KW  - Ontologie <Wissensverarbeitung>
KW  - Wissensrepräsentation
KW  - Echtzeitsystem
KW  - Framework <Informatik>
KW  - Intelligent Realtime Interactive System
KW  - Virtual Reality
KW  - Knowledge Representation Layer
KW  - Intelligent Virtual Environment
KW  - Semantic Entity Model
KW  - Erweiterte Realität <Informatik>
KW  - Softwarewiederverwendung
KW  - Modul <Software>
KW  - Software Engineering
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-121869
SN  - 978-3-95826-040-5 (print)
SN  - 978-3-95826-041-2 (online)
N1  - Parallel erschienen als Druckausg. in Würzburg University Press, ISBN 978-3-95826-040-5, 34,90 EUR
PB  - Würzburg University Press
CY  - Würzburg
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Widmann, Annekathrin
A1  - Artinger, Marc
A1  - Biesinger, Lukas
A1  - Boepple, Kathrin
A1  - Peters, Christina
A1  - Schlechter, Jana
A1  - Selcho, Mareike
A1  - Thum, Andreas S.
T1  - Genetic Dissection of Aversive Associative Olfactory Learning and Memory in Drosophila Larvae
JF  - PLoS Genetics
N2  - Memory formation is a highly complex and dynamic process. It consists of different phases, which depend on various neuronal and molecular mechanisms. In adult Drosophila it was shown that memory formation after aversive Pavlovian conditioning includes—besides other forms—a labile short-term component that consolidates within hours to a longer-lasting memory. Accordingly, memory formation requires the timely controlled action of different neuronal circuits, neurotransmitters, neuromodulators and molecules that were initially identified by classical forward genetic approaches. Compared to adult Drosophila, memory formation was only sporadically analyzed at its larval stage. Here we deconstruct the larval mnemonic organization after aversive olfactory conditioning. We show that after odor-high salt conditioning larvae form two parallel memory phases; a short lasting component that depends on cyclic adenosine 3’5’-monophosphate (cAMP) signaling and synapsin gene function. In addition, we show for the first time for Drosophila larvae an anesthesia resistant component, which relies on radish and bruchpilot gene function, protein kinase C activity, requires presynaptic output of mushroom body Kenyon cells and dopamine function. Given the numerical simplicity of the larval nervous system this work offers a unique prospect for studying memory formation of defined specifications, at full-brain scope with single-cell, and single-synapse resolution.
KW  - genetic dissection
KW  - Drosophila
KW  - memory formation
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166672
VL  - 12
IS  - 10
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - White, P. Lewis
A1  - Wiederhold, Nathan P.
A1  - Loeffler, Juergen
A1  - Najvar, Laura K.
A1  - Melchers, Willem
A1  - Herrera, Monica
A1  - Bretagne, Stephane
A1  - Wickes, Brian
A1  - Kirkpatrick, William R.
A1  - Barnes, Rosemary A.
A1  - Donnelly, J. Peter
A1  - Patterson, Thomas F.
T1  - Comparison of nonculture blood-based tests for diagnosing invasive aspergillosis in an animal model
JF  - Journal of Clinical Microbiology
N2  - The European Aspergillus PCR Initiative (EAPCRI) has provided recommendations for the PCR testing of whole blood (WB) and serum/plasma. It is important to test these recommended protocols on nonsimulated "in vivo" specimens before full clinical evaluation. The testing of an animal model of invasive aspergillosis (IA) overcomes the low incidence of disease and provides experimental design and control that is not possible in the clinical setting. Inadequate performance of the recommended protocols at this stage would require reassessment of methods before clinical trials are performed and utility assessed. The manuscript describes the performance of EAPCRI protocols in an animal model of invasive aspergillosis. Blood samples taken from a guinea pig model of IA were used for WB and serum PCR. Galactomannan and beta-D-glucan detection were evaluated, with particular focus on the timing of positivity and on the interpretation of combination testing. The overall sensitivities for WB PCR, serum PCR, galactomannan, and beta-D-glucan were 73%, 65%, 68%, and 46%, respectively. The corresponding specificities were 92%, 79%, 80%, and 100%, respectively. PCR provided the earliest indicator of IA, and increasing galactomannan and beta-D-glucan values were indicators of disease progression. The combination of WB PCR with galactomannan and beta-D-glucan proved optimal (area under the curve AUC], 0.95), and IA was confidently diagnosed or excluded. The EAPRCI-recommended PCR protocols provide performance comparable to commercial antigen tests, and clinical trials are warranted. By combining multiple tests, IA can be excluded or confirmed, highlighting the need for a combined diagnostic strategy. However, this approach must be balanced against the practicality and cost of using multiple tests.
KW  - high-risk hematology
KW  - Guinea pig model
KW  - real-time PCR
KW  - fungal disease
KW  - galactomannan
KW  - pulmonary aspergillosis
KW  - amphotericin B
KW  - Aspergillus fumigatus
KW  - beta-D-glucan
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189674
VL  - 54
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wheeler, Nicole E.
A1  - Barquist, Lars
A1  - Kingsley, Robert A.
A1  - Gardner, Paul P.
T1  - A profile-based method for identifying functional divergence of orthologous genes in bacterial genomes
JF  - Bioinformatics
N2  - Motivation: 
Next generation sequencing technologies have provided us with a wealth of information on genetic variation, but predi cting the functional significance of this variation is a difficult task. While many comparative genomics studies have focused on gene flux and large scale changes, relatively little attention has been paid to quantifying the effects of single nucleotide polymorphisms and indels on protein function, particularly in bacterial genomics.

Results: 
We present a hidden Markov model based approach we call delta-bitscore (DBS) for identifying orthologous proteins that have diverged at the amino acid sequence level in a way that is likely to impact biological function. We benchmark this approach with several widely used datasets and apply it to a proof-of-concept study of orthologous proteomes in an investigation of host adaptation in Salmonella enterica. We highlight the value of the method in identifying functional divergence of genes, and suggest that this tool may be a better approach than the commonly used dN/dS metric for identifying functionally significant genetic changes occurring in recently diverged organisms.
KW  - Host adaptation
KW  - Salmonella-enteritidis
KW  - Sequence identity
KW  - Rapid evolution
KW  - Variants
KW  - Cystic-fibriosis
KW  - Strains
KW  - Pathogenicity
KW  - Typhimurium
KW  - Yersinia
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-186502
VL  - 32
IS  - 23
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Westermaier, Thomas
A1  - Linsenmann, Thomas
A1  - Homola, György A.
A1  - Loehr, Mario
A1  - Stetter, Christian
A1  - Willner, Nadine
A1  - Ernestus, Ralf-Ingo
A1  - Soymosi, Laszlo
A1  - Vince, Giles H.
T1  - 3D rotational fluoroscopy for intraoperative clip control in patients with intracranial aneurysms – assessment of feasibility and image quality
JF  - BMC Medical Imaging
N2  - Background
Mobile 3D fluoroscopes have become increasingly available in neurosurgical operating rooms. In this series, the image quality and value of intraoperative 3D fluoroscopy with intravenous contrast agent for the evaluation of aneurysm occlusion and vessel patency after clip placement was assessed in patients who underwent surgery for intracranial aneurysms.

Materials and methods
Twelve patients were included in this retrospective analysis. Prior to surgery, a 360° rotational fluoroscopy scan was performed without contrast agent followed by another scan with 50 ml of intravenous iodine contrast agent. The image files of both scans were transferred to an Apple PowerMac® workstation, subtracted and reconstructed using OsiriX® free software. The procedure was repeated after clip placement. Both image sets were compared for assessment of aneurysm occlusion and vessel patency.

Results
Image acquisition and contrast administration caused no adverse effects. Image quality was sufficient to follow the patency of the vessels distal to the clip. Metal artifacts reduce the assessability of the immediate vicinity of the clip. Precise image subtraction and post-processing can reduce metal artifacts and make the clip-site assessable and depict larger neck-remnants.

Conclusion
This technique quickly supplies images at adequate quality to evaluate distal vessel patency after aneurysm clipping. Significant aneurysm remnants may be depicted as well. As it does not require visual control of all vessels that are supposed to be evaluated intraoperatively, this technique may be complementary to other intraoperative tools like indocyanine green videoangiography and micro-Doppler, especially for the assessment of larger aneurysms. At the momentary state of this technology, it cannot replace postoperative conventional angiography. However, 3D fluoroscopy and image post-processing are young technologies. Further technical developments are likely to result in improved image quality.
KW  - aneurysm surgery
KW  - clip control
KW  - angiography
KW  - 3D fluoroscopy
KW  - image quality
KW  - intraoperative
KW  - vessel patency
KW  - contrast
KW  - post-processing
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146381
VL  - 16
IS  - 30
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Werner, Rudolf A.
A1  - Beykan, Seval
A1  - Higuchi, Takahiro
A1  - Lückerath, Katharina
A1  - Weich, Alexander
A1  - Scheurlen, Michael
A1  - Bluemel, Christina
A1  - Herrmann, Ken
A1  - Buck, Andreas K.
A1  - Lassmann, Michael
A1  - Lapa, Constantin
A1  - Hänscheid, Heribert
T1  - The impact of \(^{177}\)Lu-octreotide therapy on \(^{99m}\)Tc-MAG3 clearance is not predictive for late nephropathy
JF  - Oncotarget
N2  - Peptide Receptor Radionuclide Therapy (PRRT) for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors may lead to kidney deterioration. This study aimed to evaluate the suitability of \(^{99m}\)Tc-mercaptoacetyltriglycine (\(^{99m}\)Tc-MAG3) clearance for the early detection of PRRT-induced changes on tubular extraction (TE). TE rate (TER) was measured prior to 128 PRRT cycles (7.6±0.4 GBq \(^{177}\)Lu-octreotate/octreotide each) in 32 patients. TER reduction during PRRT was corrected for age-related decrease and analyzed for the potential to predict loss of glomerular filtration (GF). The GF rate (GFR) as measure for renal function was derived from serum creatinine. The mean TER was 234 ± 53 ml/min/1.73 m² before PRRT (baseline) and 221 ± 45 ml/min/1.73 m² after a median follow-up of 370 days. The age-corrected decrease (mean: -3%, range: -27% to +19%) did not reach significance (p=0.09) but significantly correlated with the baseline TER (Spearman p=-0.62, p<0.001). Patients with low baseline TER showed an improved TER after PRRT, high decreases were only observed in individuals with high baseline TER. Pre-therapeutic TER data were inferior to plasma creatinine-derived GFR estimates in predicting late nephropathy. TER assessed by \(^{99m}\)Tc-MAG3­clearance prior to and during PRRT is not suitable as early predictor of renal injury and an increased risk for late nephropathy.
KW  - renal scintigraphy
KW  - neuroendocrine tumor
KW  - 177Lu
KW  - MAG3
KW  - PRRT
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-177318
VL  - 7
IS  - 27
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Werner, R. A.
A1  - Lückerath, K.
A1  - Schmid, J. S.
A1  - Higuchi, T.
A1  - Kreissl, M. C.
A1  - Grelle, I.
A1  - Reiners, C.
A1  - Buck, A. K.
A1  - Lapa, C.
T1  - Thyroglobulin fluctuations in patients with iodine-refractory differentiated thyroid carcinoma on lenvatinib treatment – initial experience
JF  - Scientific Reports
N2  - Tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKI) have shown clinical effectiveness in iodine-refractory differentiated thyroid cancer (DTC). The corresponding role of serum thyroglobulin (Tg) in iodine-refractory DTC has not been investigated yet. 9 patients (3 female, 61 ± 8y) with progressive iodine-refractory DTC starting on lenvatinib were considered. Tumor restaging was performed every 2–3 months including contrast-enhanced computed tomography (CT, RECIST 1.1). Serum Tg was measured and compared to imaging findings. After treatment initiation, serum Tg levels dropped in all patients with a median reduction of 86.2%. During long-term follow-up (median, 25.2 months), fluctuations in Tg could be observed in 8/9 subjects. According to RECIST, 6/9 subjects achieved a partial response or stable disease with the remaining 3/9 experiencing progressive disease (2/3 with Tg levels rising above baseline). All of the patients with disease progression presented with a preceding continuous rise in serum Tg, whereas tumor marker oscillations in the subjects with controlled disease were only intermittent. Initiation of lenvatinib in iodine-refractory DTC patients is associated with a significant reduction in serum Tg levels as a marker of treatment response. In the course of treatment, transient Tg oscillations are a frequent phenomenon that may not necessarily reflect morphologic tumor progression.
KW  - Thyroid cancer
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147407
VL  - 6
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Werner, Franziska
A1  - Kojonazarov, Baktybek
A1  - Gaßner, Birgit
A1  - Abeßer, Marco
A1  - Schuh, Kai
A1  - Völker, Katharina
A1  - Baba, Hideo A.
A1  - Dahal, Bhola K.
A1  - Schermuly, Ralph T.
A1  - Kuhn, Michaela
T1  - Endothelial actions of atrial natriuretic peptide prevent pulmonary hypertension in mice
JF  - Basic Research in Cardiology
N2  - The cardiac hormone atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP) regulates systemic and pulmonary arterial blood pressure by activation of its cyclic GMP-producing guanylyl cyclase-A (GC-A) receptor. In the lung, these hypotensive effects were mainly attributed to smooth muscle-mediated vasodilatation. It is unknown whether pulmonary endothelial cells participate in the homeostatic actions of ANP. Therefore, we analyzed GC-A/cGMP signalling in lung endothelial cells and the cause and functional impact of lung endothelial GC-A dysfunction. Western blot and cGMP determinations showed that cultured human and murine pulmonary endothelial cells exhibit prominent GC-A expression and activity which were markedly blunted by hypoxia, a condition known to trigger pulmonary hypertension (PH). To elucidate the consequences of impaired endothelial ANP signalling, we studied mice with genetic endothelial cell-restricted ablation of the GC-A receptor (EC GC-A KO). Notably, EC GC-A KO mice exhibit PH already under resting, normoxic conditions, with enhanced muscularization of small arteries and perivascular infiltration of inflammatory cells. These alterations were aggravated on exposure of mice to chronic hypoxia. Lung endothelial GC-A dysfunction was associated with enhanced expression of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) and increased pulmonary levels of Angiotensin II. Angiotensin II/AT(1)-blockade with losartan reversed pulmonary vascular remodelling and perivascular inflammation of EC GC-A KO mice, and prevented their increment by chronic hypoxia. This experimental study indicates that endothelial effects of ANP are critical to prevent pulmonary vascular remodelling and PH. Chronic endothelial ANP/GC-A dysfunction, e.g. provoked by hypoxia, is associated with activation of the ACE-angiotensin pathway in the lung and PH.
KW  - Atrial natriuretic peptide
KW  - Endothelium
KW  - Guanylyl cyclase-A
KW  - Cyclic GMP
KW  - Pulmonary hypertension
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190664
VL  - 111
IS  - 2
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wente, Sarah
A1  - Schröder, Simone
A1  - Buckard, Johannes
A1  - Büttel, Hans-Martin
A1  - von Deimling, Florian
A1  - Diener, Wilfried
A1  - Häussler, Martin
A1  - Hübschle, Susanne
A1  - Kinder, Silvia
A1  - Kurlemann, Gerhard
A1  - Kretzschmar, Christoph
A1  - Lingen, Michael
A1  - Maroske, Wiebke
A1  - Mundt, Dirk
A1  - Sánchez-Albisua, Iciar
A1  - Seeger, Jürgen
A1  - Toelle, Sandra P.
A1  - Boltshauser, Eugen
A1  - Brockmann, Knut
T1  - Nosological delineation of congenital ocular motor apraxia type Cogan: an observational study
JF  - Orphanet Journal of Rare Diseases
N2  - Background
The nosological assignment of congenital ocular motor apraxia type Cogan (COMA) is still controversial. While regarded as a distinct entity by some authorities including the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man catalog of genetic disorders, others consider COMA merely a clinical symptom.

Methods
We performed a retrospective multicenter data collection study with re-evaluation of clinical and neuroimaging data of 21 previously unreported patients (8 female, 13 male, ages ranging from 2 to 24 years) diagnosed as having COMA.

Results
Ocular motor apraxia (OMA) was recognized during the first year of life and confined to horizontal pursuit in all patients. OMA attenuated over the years in most cases, regressed completely in two siblings, and persisted unimproved in one individual. Accompanying clinical features included early onset ataxia in most patients and cognitive impairment with learning disability (n = 6) or intellectual disability (n = 4). Re-evaluation of MRI data sets revealed a hitherto unrecognized molar tooth sign diagnostic for Joubert syndrome in 11 patients, neuroimaging features of Poretti-Boltshauser syndrome in one case and cerebral malformation suspicious of a tubulinopathy in another subject. In the remainder, MRI showed vermian hypo-/dysplasia in 4 and no abnormalities in another 4 patients. There was a strong trend to more severe cognitive impairment in patients with Joubert syndrome compared to those with inconclusive MRI, but otherwise no significant difference in clinical phenotypes between these two groups.

Conclusions
Systematical renewed analysis of neuroimaging data resulted in a diagnostic reappraisal in the majority of patients with early-onset OMA in the cohort reported here. This finding poses a further challenge to the notion of COMA constituting a separate entity and underlines the need for an expert assessment of neuroimaging in children with COMA, especially if they show cognitive impairment.
KW  - congenital ocular motor apraxia
KW  - molar tooth sign
KW  - Joubert syndrome
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166534
VL  - 11
IS  - 104
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wennemann, Benedikt
T1  - Untersuchungen zur Synthese und Reaktivität von Übergangsmetallborylenkomplexen der Gruppe 8
T1  - Synthesis and reactivity of group 8 borylene complexes
N2  - Zusammenfassung

Die vorliegende Arbeit wurde in drei Teilbereiche untergliedert. Der erste Teil beschäftigte sich mit der Untersuchung des anionischen Systems K[(OC)3M(PMe3)(SiR3)] (M = Fe, Ru, Os; R = Me, Et, Ph) und dessen Reaktivität gegenüber Dihalogenboranen. Der zweite Teil widmete sich der Untersuchung der Reaktivät des Eisenbis(borylen)komplexes 45 gegenüber verschiedenen Lewis-Basen und Lewis-Säuren. Im letzten Teil der Arbeit wurde die Insertion von Metallfragmenten der Übergangsmetalle der Gruppe 8 in die M=B-Doppelbindung des Borylenkomplexes 28 untersucht.
Durch Umsetzungen der anionischen Osmiumverbindung 64 mit Cl2BDur und Br2BDur konnten die Borylkomplexe 67 und 68 erhalten werden (SCHEMA 56). Die Untersuchungen zum sterischen Einfluss des Silylsubstituenten zeigten, dass die Osmiumkomplexe 65 und 66 mit SiEt3- bzw. SiPh3-Substituenten in die entsprechenden Borylkomplexe überführt werden können, wobei diese Spezies nicht analysenrein isoliert werden konnten.
 
Der Borylkomplex 68 konnte nachfolgend weder unter thermischen Bedingungen, noch unter Verwendung der Lewis-Base Pyridin bzw. des Halogenabstraktionsmittels Na[BArCl4] in einen terminalen Osmiumborylenkomplex umgewandelt werden (Schema 57).

Anfängliche Studien zur Reaktivität der anionischen Rutheniumverbindungen 81-83 gegenüber Dihalogenboranen haben sich auf den sterischen Einfluss der borgebundenen Arylsubstituenten konzentriert. Hierdurch konnte gezeigt werden, dass eine Ph-Substitution keine ausreichende Stabilisierung der entstehenden Borylkomplexe liefert. Im Gegensatz dazu erwies sich der sterische Anspruch von Duryl- und Mesitylsubsituenten als ideal für die Bildung stabiler Borylkomplexe, wohingegen die sterische Überfrachtung der Supermesityl- und Terphenylsubstituenten eine Salzeliminierungsreaktion von vornherein verhindert.

Der Einfluss des Halogensubstituenten in X2BDur (X = Cl, Br) wurde anhand der Reaktivität gegenüber 81 näher untersucht. In beiden Fällen konnten die entsprechenden Borylkomplexe 84 und 85 isoliert und charakterisiert werden. Da bei der Umsetzung mit Br2BDur auch noch weitere Produkte zu erkennen waren, wurde der sterische Einfluss des Silylsubstituenten in 82 und 83 auf die Produktverteilung bei Reaktion mit Br2BDur untersucht. Es hat sich gezeigt, dass die Wahl der Reaktionsbedingungen einen starken Einfluss auf den Reaktionsverlauf ausübt. So konnte durch regelmäßiges Entgasen der Reaktionslösung der Rutheniumborylenkomplex 86 erhalten werden, während eine thermische Reaktionsführung unter CO-Atmosphäre selektiv zu einer Silylboraneliminierung führte, dessen Produkt indirekt über die Bildung von [(OC)4Ru(PMe3)] (75) nachgewiesen werden konnte (Schema 59).

Während die Umsetzung der analogen Eisenspezies K[(OC)3Fe(PMe3)(SiEt3)] (92) mit Cl2BDur lediglich zu Zersetzung führte, konnte im Verlauf der Reaktion mit Br2BDur eine neue, sehr interessante Reaktivität beobachtet werden. Hier war die Salzeliminierungsreaktion mit einer Alkylboraneliminierung verbunden, wobei der intermediär entstehende Silylenkomplex (95) in situ zum dinuklearen, zweifach-verbrückten Bis(silylen)komplex 94 dimerisierte (SCHEMA 60). Unter photolytischen Bedingungen konnte 94 weiter in den dreifach-verbrückten Bis(silylen)komplex 96 überführt werden, welcher den ersten strukturell charaktersierten Komplex dieser Art darstellt.

In SCHEMA 61 sind alle relevanten Reaktivitäten des Systems K[(OC)3M(PMe3)(SiR3)] gegenüber X2BDur (X = Cl, Br) zusammen mit den Ergebnissen vorangegangener Arbeiten in einer Übersicht dargestellt.

Der zweite Teil dieser Arbeit beschäftigte sich mit der Reaktivität des Eisenbis(borylen)komplexes [(OC)3Fe(=BDur){=BN(SiMe3)2}] (45). Zunächst wurde 45 mit verschiedenen Lewis-Basen umgesetzt. Während die Umsetzungen mit verschiedenen NHCs (IMe, IMes, IDipp) nur zu Zersetzung führte, konnte durch die Reaktion mit cAACMe der außergewöhnliche Komplex 98 isoliert und vollständig charakterisiert werden (SCHEMA 62). Dieser stellt das erste Beispiel für eine intramolekulare Spaltung eines Carbonylliganden in einem einkernigen Komplex dar.

Anschließend wurde die Reaktivität von 45 gegenüber den Lewis-Säuren BBr3, AlBr3 und GaBr3 untersucht. Während die Umsetzung von 45 mit AlBr3 lediglich zu Zersetzung führte, konnte mit GaBr3 als Hauptprodukt Br2BDur nachgewiesen werden. In einem möglichen Reaktionsmechanismus ist die Reaktion mit einer 1,2-Addition des GaBr3 unter Bildung eines Gallylkomplexes verbunden, welcher nach Abspaltung von Br2BDur in einen instabilen Gallylenkomplex übergeht (SCHEMA 63).
 
Die Umsetzung von 45 mit BBr3 lieferte bei tiefen Temperaturen den zweikernigen Tris(borylen)komplex 100 (SCHEMA 64), welcher ein Analogon des wohlbekannten Fe2(CO)9 darstellt.

Das abschließende Kapitel dieser Arbeit befasste sich mit der Insertion von Metallfragmenten der Gruppe 8-Übergangsmetalle in die M=B-Doppelbindung von [(OC)5Mo=BN(SiMe3)2] (28). Während bei den Umsetzungen von 28 mit [(OC)4Fe(PMe3)] (90) und [(OC)4Ru(PMe3)] (75) die MOLPs 104 und 105 nur NMR-spektroskopisch nachgewiesen werden konnten, war die Isolierung des MOLPs 103 sowie dessen strukturelle Charakterisierung möglich (SCHEMA 65). Bemerkenswert ist hierbei, dass die Reaktion sowohl unter thermischen als auch unter photolytischen Bedingungen durchgeführt werden kann.
N2  - Summary

The first part of this work focused on the development of a new route to neutral terminal group 8 transition metal borylene complexes. Thus, the reactivity of the anionic system K[(OC)3M(PMe3)(SiR3)] (M = Fe, Ru, Os; R = Me, Et, Ph) towards dihaloboranes was studied in detail. The second part of this work dealt with the reactivity studies of the iron bis(borylene) complex 45 towards common lewis bases and acids. The final part of this work concentrated on the insertion of group 8 transition metal fragments into the M=B double bond of the molybdenum borylene complex 28.
The reaction of the anionic osmium complex 64 with X2BDur (X = Cl, Br) resulted in the formation of the osmium boryl complexes 67 and 68 (SCHEME 1). Studies concerning the steric influence of the silyl substituent showed that the osmium species 65 and 66 containing SiEt3 and SiPh3 groups can also be converted into the respective boryl complexes, while the resulting products could not be isolated.

All attempts to convert the osmium boryl complex 68 into an osmium borylene complex, either under thermal conditions or by reaction with lewis bases and halide abstracting reagents, consistently failed (SCHEME 2).

Initial studies on the reactivity of the anionic ruthenium complexes 81-83 towards dihaloboranes focused on the steric influence of the aryl ligand on boron. The results clearly showed that the small phenyl substituent is not able to efficiently stabilize the resulting boryl complexes. By contrast, the steric demand of the mesityl and duryl ligands appeared to be sufficient to afford stable boryl complexes, while supermesityl and terphenyl substituents were sterically too encumbered even for the initial salt elimination step (SCHEME 3).

The influence of the halide substituents in X2BDur (X = Cl, Br) was evaluated by reactivity studies towards 81. In both cases, boryl complexes 84 and 85 could be isolated and fully characterized. However, reaction of 81 with Br2BDur suggested the formation of additional products, for which reason the steric influence of the silyl substituents in 81 and 82 on the nature of the products was studied in detail. It turned out that the reaction conditions have a strong influence on the observed pathways. Thus, periodical degassing favoured the formation of the neutral terminal ruthenium borylene complex 86, while thermal treatment under an atmosphere of CO led to silyl borane elimination (SCHEME 4).

While the reaction of the analogous iron species K[(OC)3Fe(PMe3)(SiEt3)] (92) with Cl2BDur resulted in decomposition, reaction with Br2BDur uncovered a new, highly interesting reactivity pattern. Here, initial salt elimination was followed by alkyl borane elimination step while the in situ generated silylene complex readily dimerized to form the dinuclear bis(silylene) complex 94 (SCHEME 5). Photolysis of 94 in solution subsequently converted 94 into the triply-bridged dinuclear complex 96, which is the first structurally characterized example of this class of compounds.

The second part of this work focused on the reactivity of the iron bis(borylene) complex [(OC)3Fe(=BDur){=BN(SiMe3)2}] (45).
Intitally, 45 was reacted with different lewis bases. While reaction with NHCs (IMe, IMes, IDipp) only resulted in decomposition, reaction with cAACMe enabled the isolation of the uncommon complex 98 (SCHEME 7), which represents the first example of an intramolecular carbonyl cleavage in a mononuclear complex.

Next, the reactivity of 45 towards lewis acids BBr3, AlBr3 and GaBr3 was studied. While reaction of 45 with AlBr3 was accompanied by decomposition, reaction with GaBr3 selectively afforded Br2BDur as the main product. A plausible mechanism involves the 1,2-addition of GaBr3 to afford a gallyl species, which subsequently eliminates Br2BDur to generate a labile gallylene complex (SCHEME 8).

At low temperatures, the reaction of 45 with BBr3 resulted in the formation of the dinuclear tris(borylene)complex 100 (SCHEME 9), which can be considered an analogue of the well-known [Fe2(CO)9].

The final part of this work was concerned with the insertion of group 8 transition metal fragments into the M=B-double bond of [(OC)5Mo=BN(SiMe3)2] (28). While the reaction of 28 with [(OC)4Fe(PMe3)] (90) and [(OC)4Ru(PMe3)] (75) afforded the MOLPs 104 and 105, which could only be identified by NMR-spectroscopy, the isolation and structural characterization of the MOLP product 103 of the reaction with [(OC)4Os(PMe3)] (59) was feasible (SCHEME 10). Remarkably, this reaction can be carried out both under thermal and photolytic conditions.
KW  - Borylgruppe
KW  - Borylenkomplexe
KW  - Borylkomplexe
KW  - Übergangsmetallkomplexe
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-130755
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Weisschuh, Nicole
A1  - Mayer, Anja K.
A1  - Strom, Tim M.
A1  - Kohl, Susanne
A1  - Glöckle, Nicola
A1  - Schubach, Max
A1  - Andreasson, Sten
A1  - Bernd, Antje
A1  - Birch, David G.
A1  - Hamel, Christian P.
A1  - Heckenlively, John R.
A1  - Jacobson, Samuel G.
A1  - Kamme, Christina
A1  - Kellner, Ulrich
A1  - Kunstmann, Erdmute
A1  - Maffei, Pietro
A1  - Reiff, Charlotte M.
A1  - Rohrschneider, Klaus
A1  - Rosenberg, Thomas
A1  - Rudolph, Günther
A1  - Vámos, Rita
A1  - Varsányi, Balázs
A1  - Weleber, Richard G.
A1  - Wissinger, Bernd
T1  - Mutation Detection in Patients with Retinal Dystrophies Using Targeted Next Generation Sequencing
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Retinal dystrophies (RD) constitute a group of blinding diseases that are characterized by clinical variability and pronounced genetic heterogeneity. The different nonsyndromic and syndromic forms of RD can be attributed to mutations in more than 200 genes. Consequently, next generation sequencing (NGS) technologies are among the most promising approaches to identify mutations in RD. We screened a large cohort of patients comprising 89 independent cases and families with various subforms of RD applying different NGS platforms. While mutation screening in 50 cases was performed using a RD gene capture panel, 47 cases were analyzed using whole exome sequencing. One family was analyzed using whole genome sequencing. A detection rate of 61% was achieved including mutations in 34 known and two novel RD genes. A total of 69 distinct mutations were identified, including 39 novel mutations. Notably, genetic findings in several families were not consistent with the initial clinical diagnosis. Clinical reassessment resulted in refinement of the clinical diagnosis in some of these families and confirmed the broad clinical spectrum associated with mutations in RD genes.
KW  - mutation detection
KW  - retinal dystrophies
KW  - next generation sequencing
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167398
VL  - 11
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Weismann, Dirk
A1  - Schneider, Andreas
A1  - Höybye, Charlotte
T1  - Clinical aspects of symptomatic hyponatremia
JF  - Endocrine Connections
N2  - Hyponatremia (HN) is a common condition, with a large number of etiologies and a complicated treatment. Although chronic HN has been shown to be a predictor of poor outcome, sodium-increasing treatments in chronic stable and asymptomatic HN have not proven to increase life expectancy. For symptomatic HN, in contrast, the necessity for urgent treatment has broadly been accepted to avoid the development of fatal cerebral edema. On the other hand, a too rapid increase of serum sodium in chronic HN may result in cerebral damage due to osmotic demyelinisation. Recently, administration of hypertonic saline bolus has been recommended as first-line treatment in patients with moderate-to-severe symptomatic HN. This approach is easy to memorize and holds the potential to greatly facilitate the initial treatment of symptomatic HN. First-line treatment of chronic HN is fluid restriction and if ineffective treatment with tolvaptan or in some patients other agents should be considered. A number of recommendations and guidelines have been published on HN. In the present review, the management of patients with HN in relation to everyday clinical practice is summarized with focus on the acute management.
KW  - hyponatremia
KW  - clinical
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-162936
VL  - 5
IS  - 5
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Weigand, Annika
A1  - Boos, Anja M.
A1  - Tasbihi, Kereshmeh
A1  - Beier, Justus P.
A1  - Dalton, Paul D.
A1  - Schrauder, Michael
A1  - Horch, Raymund E.
A1  - Beckmann, Matthias W.
A1  - Strissel, Pamela L.
A1  - Strick, Reiner
T1  - Selective isolation and characterization of primary cells from normal breast and tumors reveal plasticity of adipose derived stem cells
JF  - Breast Cancer Research
N2  - Background

There is a need to establish more cell lines from breast tumors in contrast to immortalized cell lines from metastatic effusions in order to represent the primary tumor and not principally metastatic biology of breast cancer. This investigation describes the simultaneous isolation, characterization, growth and function of primary mammary epithelial cells (MEC), mesenchymal cells (MES) and adipose derived stem cells (ADSC) from four normal breasts, one inflammatory and one triple-negative ductal breast tumors.

Methods

A total of 17 cell lines were established and gene expression was analyzed for MEC and MES (n = 42) and ADSC (n = 48) and MUC1, pan-KRT, CD90 and GATA-3 by immunofluorescence. DNA fingerprinting to track cell line identity was performed between original primary tissues and isolates. Functional studies included ADSC differentiation, tumor MES and MEC invasion co-cultured with ADSC-conditioned media (CM) and MES adhesion and growth on 3D-printed scaffolds.

Results

Comparative analysis showed higher gene expression of EPCAM, CD49f, CDH1 and KRTs for normal MEC lines; MES lines e.g. Vimentin, CD10, ACTA2 and MMP9; and ADSC lines e.g. CD105, CD90, CDH2 and CDH11. Compared to the mean of all four normal breast cell lines, both breast tumor cell lines demonstrated significantly lower ADSC marker gene expression, but higher expression of mesenchymal and invasion gene markers like SNAI1 and MMP2. When compared with four normal ADSC differentiated lineages, both tumor ADSC showed impaired osteogenic and chondrogenic but enhanced adipogenic differentiation and endothelial-like structures, possibly due to high PDGFRB and CD34. Addressing a functional role for overproduction of adipocytes, we initiated 3D-invasion studies including different cell types from the same patient. CM from ADSC differentiating into adipocytes induced tumor MEC 3D-invasion via EMT and amoeboid phenotypes. Normal MES breast cells adhered and proliferated on 3D-printed scaffolds containing 20 fibers, but not on 2.5D-printed scaffolds with single fiber layers, important for tissue engineering.

Conclusion

Expression analyses confirmed successful simultaneous cell isolations of three different phenotypes from normal and tumor primary breast tissues. Our cell culture studies support that breast-tumor environment differentially regulates tumor ADSC plasticity as well as cell invasion and demonstrates applications for regenerative medicine.
KW  - Normal breast
KW  - Breast cancer
KW  - Stem cells plasticity
KW  - Primary cell lines
KW  - Tissue engineering
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164759
VL  - 18
IS  - 32
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Weidner, Christopher
A1  - Rousseau, Morten
A1  - Plauth, Annabell
A1  - Wowro, Sylvia J.
A1  - Fischer, Cornelius
A1  - Abdel-Aziz, Heba
A1  - Sauer, Sascha
T1  - Iberis amara Extract Induces Intracellular Formation of Reactive Oxygen Species and Inhibits Colon Cancer
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Massively increasing global incidences of colorectal cancer require efficient treatment and prevention strategies. Here, we report unexpected anticancerogenic effects of hydroethanolic Iberis amara extract (IAE), which is known as a widely used phytomedical product for treating gastrointestinal complaints. IAE significantly inhibited the proliferation of HT-29 and T84 colon carcinoma cells with an inhibitory concentration (IC\(_{50}\)) of 6 and 9 μg/ml, respectively, and further generated inhibitory effects in PC-3 prostate and MCF7 breast cancer cells. Inhibition of proliferation in HT-29 cells was associated with a G2/M phase cell cycle arrest including reduced expression of various regulatory marker proteins. Notably, in HT-29 cells IAE further induced apoptosis by intracellular formation of reactive oxygen species (ROS). Consistent with predictions derived from our in vitro experiments, bidaily oral gavage of 50 mg/kg of IAE over 4 weeks resulted in significant inhibition of tumor growth in a mouse HT-29 tumor xenograft model. Taken together, Iberis amara extracts could become useful alternatives for preventing and treating the progression of colon cancer.
KW  - iberis amara extract
KW  - colorectal cancer
KW  - treatment
KW  - prevention
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167044
VL  - 11
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Weidemann, Frank
A1  - Maier, Sebastian K. G.
A1  - Störk, Stefan
A1  - Brunner, Thomas
A1  - Liu, Dan
A1  - Hu, Kai
A1  - Seydelmann, Nora
A1  - Schneider, Andreas
A1  - Becher, Jan
A1  - Canan-Kühl, Sima
A1  - Blaschke, Daniela
A1  - Bijnens, Bart
A1  - Ertl, Georg
A1  - Wanner, Christoph
A1  - Nordbeck, Peter
T1  - Usefulness of an implantable loop recorder to detect clinically relevant arrhythmias in patients with advanced fabry cardiomyopathy
JF  - The American Journal of Cardiology
N2  - Patients with genetic cardiomyopathy that involves myocardial hypertrophy often develop clinically relevant arrhythmias that increase the risk of sudden death. Consequently, guidelines for medical device therapy were established for hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, but not for conditions with only anecdotal evidence of arrhythmias, like Fabry cardiomyopathy. Patients with Fabry cardiomyopathy progressively develop myocardial fibrosis, and sudden cardiac death occurs regularly. Because 24-hour Holier electrocardiograms (ECGs) might not detect clinically important arrhythmias, we tested an implanted loop recorder for continuous heart rhythm surveillance and determined its impact on therapy. This prospective study included 16 patients (12 men) with advanced Fabry cardiomyopathy, relevant hypertrophy, and replacement fibrosis in "loco typico." No patients previously exhibited clinically relevant arrhythmias on Holier ECGs. Patients received an implantable loop recorder and were prospectively followed with telemedicine for a median of 1.2 years (range 0.3 to 2.0 years). The primary end point was a clinically meaningful event, which required a therapy change, captured with the loop recorder. Patients submitted data regularly (14 +/- 11 times per month). During follow-up, 21 events were detected (including 4 asystole, i.e., ECG pauses >= 3 seconds) and 7 bradycardia events; 5 episodes of intermittent atrial fibrillation (>3 minutes) and 5 episodes of ventricular tachycardia (3 sustained and 2 nonsustained). Subsequently, as defined in the primary end point, 15 events leaded to a change of therapy. These patients required therapy with a pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator implantation and/or anticoagulation therapy for atrial fibrillation. In conclusion, clinically relevant arrhythmias that require further device and/or medical therapy are often missed with Holier ECGs in patients with advanced stage Fabry cardiomyopathy, but they can be detected by telemonitoring with an implantable loop recorder.
KW  - Cardiovascular magnetic-resonance
KW  - Coronary artery disease
KW  - Ventricular-arrhythmias
KW  - Task force
KW  - Management
KW  - Enzyme replacement therapy
KW  - Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
KW  - Myocardial fibrosis
KW  - Guidelines
KW  - Manifestation
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-188093
VL  - 118
IS  - 2
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wehle, Sarah
T1  - In silico Studien zu Bis-Tacrinen, Chinazolinen und Chinazolinonen sowie Synthese von Chinazoliniumverbindungen als Inhibitoren von Cholinesterasen
T1  - In silico studies concerning bis-tacrines, quinazolines and quinazolinones and syntheses of quinazolinium compounds as inhibitors of cholinesterases
N2  - Die Alzheimer'sche Erkrankung wird derzeit durch die Gabe von Acetylcholinesterase- Inhibitoren (AChEI) symptomatisch behandelt. Durch die AChE-Hemmung steht mehr Acetylcholin (ACh) für die Neurotransmission zur Verfügung. Bei Progression der Erkran-kung nimmt der Anteil an AChE drastisch ab, so dass die Enzymisoform Butyrylcholin- esterase (BChE) die Hydrolyse des Neurotransmitters ACh übernimmt. In späten Phasen der Alzheimer'schen Erkrankung ist daher der Einsatz selektiver BChE-Hemmer erfolgsver- sprechend.
Inhibitoren können verschiedene Bindestellen in der Cholinesterase-Bindetasche adressie-ren und dadurch in dieser stabilisiert werden. Zu den Bindestellen zählen die katalytisch aktive Stelle (CAS) am Ende eines 20 Å langen Bindetaschentunnels, die Oxyanion-Vertie-fung, die Cholinbindestelle, sowie die periphere anionische Bindestelle (PAS), welche am Bindetascheneingang lokalisiert ist.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurden durch in silico Dockingstudien gezielt Protein-Ligand- Interaktionen untersucht, um Strukturmerkmale hochaffiner Inhibitoren von Cholinesterasen zu identifizieren. Damit soll die zukünftige Entwicklung von Cholinesteraseinhibitoren hinsichtlich der Affinität zum Enzym verbessert werden. Ferner dienten synthetische Untersuchungen eines Naturstoffes dazu, Chinazoliniumverbindungen als Leitstruktur für die Inhibition der Cholinesterasen zu etablieren.

Für hochaffine tri- und tetrazyklische aminsubstituierte AChE-selektive Chinazolin- und Chinazolinoninhibitoren sollte die bevorzugte Orientierung der Liganden in der Bindetasche ermittelt werden. Hierfür ist die Lokalisation des Aminsubstituenten in der CAS (invertierter Bindemodus) oder die dortige Bindung des Chinazolin-/Chinazolinongerüstes (klassischer Bindemodus) denkbar. Anhand eines präferierten einheitlichen Bindemodus sollten die Struktur-Aktivitäts-Beziehungen erklärt werden.
Dockingstudien zeigten die klare Präferenz für den invertierten Bindemodus, bei dem der Aminsubstituent in der Nähe der CAS platziert wird. Ein strukturelles Merkmal für hochaffine Inhibitoren ist ein unter Assaybedingungen protoniertes Amin, welches eine Kation-π-Wechselwirkung zu dem Indolringsystem des Tryptophans der Cholinbindestelle eingehen kann. Für das Ligandengrundgerüst wurde lediglich für tetrazyklische Verbindungen eine π-π-Interaktion mit der peripheren Bindestelle (PAS) am Bindetascheneingang identifiziert. Der Datensatz umfasste auch chirale Chinazolinon- und Chinazolinderivate mit hydrierter C=N-Doppelbindung, die eine schwächere Affinität zu AChE zeigten. Diese ist vermutlich auf das nicht-planare Ligandengrundgerüst zurückzuführen, da vor allem für tetrazyklische chi-rale Verbindungen die Stabilisierung des Ligandengrundgerüstes durch π-π-Interaktionen am Bindetascheneingang aufgrund der Sterik entweder gar nicht, oder nur für ein Enantio-mer möglich ist.
Aufgrund der nanomolaren Affinität der achiralen Chinazolin- und Chinazolinonverbindungen wurden weitere gerichtete Wechselwirkungen in der Bindetasche erwartet. Derartige Wechselwirkungen konnten in Form von Wasserstoffbrücken durch die Verwendung von sieben ausgewählten strukturellen Wassermolekülen im Docking identifiziert werden. Durch diese Wassermoleküle werden Wasserstoffbrücken vom Ligandengrundgerüst zum Protein vermittelt. Diese Wechselwirkungen scheinen essentiell für die Stabilisierung hoch-affiner Chinazolin- und Chinazolinoninhibitoren in der AChE-Bindetasche zu sein.

Zwei photochrome Bis-Tacrin-Konstitutionsisomere (Ring-geöffnete und Ring-geschlossene Form) inhibieren die AChE und zeigen einen unterschiedlichen Effekt in der Hemmung der Amyloid-β Fibrillenbildung. Die Fibrillenbildung wird durch eine unbesetzte periphere Bindestelle (PAS) am Eingang der AChE-Bindetasche katalysiert, weshalb eine unterschiedliche Interaktion der Liganden mit ebendieser Bindestelle vermutet wird.
Dockingstudien lieferten für beide Konstitutionsisomere einen ähnlichen Bindemodus, der vor dem Hintergrund der ähnlichen IC50-Werte von 4.3 und 1.8 nM für die Ring-geöffnete und Ring-geschlossene Form plausibel erscheint. Durch die Auswahl einer geeigneten Röntgenstruktur wurden Dockinglösungen erhalten, bei denen ein Tacrinsubstituent in der PAS bindet und dort π-π-Interaktionen mit einem Tryptophan und einem Tyrosin eingeht. Eine solche Lage des PAS-bindenden Tacrinsubstituenten ist energetisch bevorzugt und drückt sich durch bessere Scores gegenüber Dockinglösungen, bei denen dieser auf der Protein-oberfläche lokalisiert ist, aus. Der andere Tacrinsubstituent bindet in der CAS wie dies von bereits kristallisierten Tacrinderivaten bekannt ist. Mittels molekulardynamischer Simulati-onen wurde die Stabilität der Protein-Dockinglösungs-Komplexe beider Konstitutionsiso-mere verglichen. Dabei wurde die bessere Stabilisierung des CAS-bindenden Tacrinsubsti-tuenten für die Ring-geöffnete Form des Liganden ermittelt. Ferner zeigt sich für die Ring-geöffnete Inhibitorform während der Simulation der Einstrom von sechs Wassermolekülen in einen Hohlraum der PAS. Dies hat zur Folge, dass der PAS-bindende Tacrinsubstituent während der Hälfte der Simulationszeit durch Wasserstoffbrücken in der PAS stabilisiert wird. Ein Wasserstoffbrückennetzwerk diesen Ausmaßes kann für die Ring-geschlossene Inhibitorform nicht ermittelt werden. Die bessere Hemmung der Amyloid-β Fibrillenbildung der Ring-geöffneten Inhibitorform wird daher auf die bessere Stabilisierung des Liganden durch Wasserstoffbrücken in der AChE-Bindetasche zurückgeführt.

Für carbamatsubstituierte Tetrahydrochinazolinverbindungen sollten die bevorzugten Interaktionen in der BChE-Bindetasche ermittelt werden. Die Carbamatverbindungen sind pseudo-irreversible Inhibitoren und zeigen eine zeitabhängige Hemmung mit diversen Interaktionszuständen zwischen Protein und Ligand. Darüber hinaus stellen Dockingstudien in der BChE bislang eine Herausforderung dar, da es derzeit nur zwei Röntgenstrukturen dieses Enzyms mit reversiblen Liganden gibt, weshalb kaum Studien zur Identifikation einer geeigneten Bewertungsfunktion durchgeführt werden können.
Im Docking wurde sich für die Analyse des reversiblen Anlagerungskomplexes entschieden, da das Docking des tetraedrischen Übergangszustandes energetisch entartete Dockinglösungen lieferte. Eine weitere Herausforderung stellte die Größe der BChE-Bindetasche dar, die auch im reversiblen Docking entartete Dockinglösungen lieferte. Aufgrund einer ähnlichen Übertragungsrate aller getesteten Inhibitoren wurde eine konservierte Lage des Carbamates in der Bindetasche angenommen. Deshalb wurde eine repräsentative Dockinglösung einer Referenzverbindung als Ausgangspose für einen Modelling-Ansatz gewählt, die hinsichtlich der Interaktionen in der Bindetasche ausgewählt wurde. Diese Interaktionen sind: 1) Eine Wasserstoffbrückendistanz zwischen der Carbamat-Carbonylgruppe und der Oxyanion-Vertiefung sowie 2) eine Distanz, die den nucleophilen Angriff des Serins auf den Carbamatkohlenstoff erlaubt. Im Modelling-Ansatz wurde die repräsentative Bindepose dazu verwendet die entsprechenden Inhibitoren in der Bindetasche aufzubauen.
Die bevorzugte Position der N-Methylgruppe wurde für beide Enantiomere über die berechneten Spannungsenergien der Bindeposen abgeschätzt. Für die S-Enantiomere ergab sich die präferierte Bindung mit quasi-„axialer“ Methlygruppe und für die R-Enantiomere mit quasi-„äquatorialer“ Stellung dieser. Die Carbamatstrukturen liegen somit mit der Heptylkette in der Acyltasche und die Ligandengrundgerüste werden in einer Seitentasche der BChE-Bindetasche platziert, in der hydrophobe Wechselwirkungen dominieren.

Zusätzlich zu den hochaffinen Chinazolinonverbindungen sollten artverwandte Chinazolini-umverbindungen als Leitstruktur für Cholinesteraseinhibitoren untersucht werden.
Zunächst erfolgten Studien zur chemischen Reaktivität und Stabilität des Naturstoffes Dehydroevodiamin (DHED) sowie seines Benz-Derivates (Benz-DHED). Insbesondere Benz-DHED war unter den bisher verwendeten und in der Literatur beschriebenen Synthesemethoden instabil. Die Untersuchungen erforderten daher zunächst die Einführung einer geeigneten Syntheseroute, in diesem Fall die Oxidation mit KMnO4, einhergehend mit der Verbesserung der Ausbeute und ohne Nebenproduktbildung. Für die zukünftige Synthese von Derivaten wurde die Verwendung einer geeigneten Lewis-Säure-labilen Schutzgruppe herausgearbeitet.

Die untersuchten Chinazoliniumverbindungen zeigen die Eigenschaft, dass sie in Abhängigkeit der Reaktionsbedingungen in zwei Formen (Ring-geöffnet und Ring-geschlossen = Chi-nazoliniumsalz) isoliert werden können. Mittels UV/Vis-Untersuchungen wurde das Gleich-gewicht dieser Spezies aufgeklärt und in wässrigen alkalischen Lösungen die Anreicherung einer dritten, bislang nicht in diesem Zusammenhang beschriebenen, Spezies beobachtet. Als biologisch aktive Spezies konnte die Chinazoliniumform identifiziert werden. In Dockingstudien der Chinazoliniumform von Benz-DHED, nach dem für Carbamatverbindungen entwickelten Modelling-Ansatz, konnte auch hierfür die Stabilisierung der Docking- lösung über eine Wasserstoffbrücke in der BChE-Bindetasche zu einem strukturellen Wassermolekül identifiziert werden. Dies verdeutlicht erneut, dass die Berücksichtigung von Wassermolekülen in Dockingstudien dazu dienen kann zusätzliche Protein-Ligand-Interaktionen festzustellen.
Auf Grundlage der Forschung zu Chinazoliniumverbindungen kann die zukünftige Inhibitorentwicklung von Strukturen basierend auf dieser Substanzklasse erfolgen.

Die durchgeführten synthetischen und theoretischen Studien liefern wichtige Beiträge zum Verständnis der Wechselwirkungen zwischen Inhibitoren und Cholinesterasen, die in der zukünftigen Inhibitorentwicklung Anwendung finden können.
N2  - Alzheimer's disease is currently treated symptomatically by the administration of acetyl-cholinesterase inhibitors (AChEI). By AChE inhibition more acetylcholine (ACh) is available for neurotransmission. During disease progression the amount of AChE drastically decreases, so that the enzyme butyrylcholinesterase (BChE) takes over hydrolysis of this neurotransmitter. In late stages of Alzheimer's disease, the use of selective BChE in-hibitors may therefore be advantageous.
Inhibitors can adress different binding sites in the cholinesterase binding pocket. The bind-ing sites includes the catalytic active site (CAS), which is located at the end of a 20 Å long binding gorge, the oxyanion hole, the choline binding site and the peripheral anionic site (PAS), located at the entrance of the binding gorge.
In the present study, specific protein-ligand interactions were investigated by means of in silico docking studies to identify structural features of high-affinity inhibitors of cholinester-ases. Thereby the aim is to improve the affinitiy of newly developed cholinesterase- inhibitors. Furthermore, synthetic studies of a natural product served to establish a new lead compound for cholinesterase inhibitors.

For high affinity tri- and tetracyclic amine substituted AChE-selective quinazoline and quinazolinone inhibitors, the aim was to determine the preferred ligand orientation in the binding site. To this end, the localization of the amine substituents in the CAS (inverted binding mode) or the binding of the quinazoline-/quinazolinone moiety there (classical binding mode) is conceivable. The aim was to explain structure-activity-relationships by the identified preferred and consistent binding mode.
Docking studies showed a clear preference for the inverted binding mode in which the amine substituent is placed in the vicinity of the CAS. A structural characteristic of high affinity inhibitors is a protonated amine which can form a cation-π-interaction to the tryptophan indole ring system of the choline binding site. Furthermore, a π-π-interaction with the peripheral binding site (PAS) has been identified for the ligand backbone of tetra-cyclic inhibitors. The data set also included chiral quinazolinone- and quinazoline derivatives with hydrogenated C=N-double bond, which showed weaker affinity to AchE compared to non chiral compounds. The weaker affinity is probably due to the non-planar ligand back-bone. Due to steric reasons, especially for tetracyclic chiral compounds, stabilisation of the ligand backbone through π-π interactions is either not possible at all, or possible only for one enantiomeric form.
Due to the nanomolar affinity of non chiral quinazoline and quinazolinone compounds, other directional interactions between protein and ligand were expected. Several inter- actions were identified in form of hydrogen bonds through the use of conserved water molecules in docking. These water molecules mediate hydrogen bonds from the ligand backbone to the protein. These interactions seem to be essential for the stabilization of high affinity quinazoline and quinazolinone inhibitors in the AChE binding site.
Two photochromic bis-tacrine constitutional isomers (ring-open and ring-closed form) inhibit AChE and show a different effect with regard to the inhibition of amyloid-β fibril formation. Fibril formation is catalyzed by an unoccupied peripheral site (PAS) at the entrance of the AChE-binding pocket, which is why a different interaction of the ligands is expected with this binding site.
Docking studies provided a similar binding mode for both constitutional isomers, which appears plausible for the ring-open and ring-closed form in the light of similar IC50-values of 4.3 and 1.8 nM. By selecting a suitable crystal structure, docking solutions were obtained in which one tacrine substituent is placed in the PAS and undergoes π-π-interactions with a tryptophan and a tyrosine. This placement of the PAS-binding tacrine-substituent is energetically favored which is expressed through better scores, compared to docking solutions where the tacrine-substituent is placed on the protein surface. The other tacrine substituent binds in the CAS in a manner which is known from other already crystalized tacrines. Molecular dynamic simulations were subsequently used for stability comparison of the protein-docking solution-complex of both isomers. Here, the better stabilization of the CAS-binding tacrine-substituent for the ring-open form was determined. The complex with the ring-open form shows the influx of six water molecules in a cavity of the PAS at the beginning of the simulation. As a consequence, the PAS-binding tacrine substituent is stabilized by hydrogen bonds to these water molecules during half of the simulation time. A hydrogen bond network of this magnitude was not observed for the ring-closed form of the inhibitor. The better inhibition of amyloid-β fibril formation by the ring-open form may be due to better stabilization of this ligand through hydrogen bonds in the AChE-binding site, which is not observed for the ring-closed form.

Preferred interactions could also be identified for carbamate-based quinazoline inhibitors in the BChE-binding site. These carbamate compounds are pseudo-irreversible inhibitors and show a time-dependent inhibition with several interaction possibilities between protein and ligand. 
Docking studies in the BChE are challenging, as there currently exist only two X-ray structures of this enzyme with reversible ligands. Therefore, it is difficult to identify a suitable scoring function for the data set under investigation.
Docking of the tetrahedral transition state delivered energetically degenerate docking solutions wherefore the aim was to investigate the reversible attachment complex in more detail. Thereby the challenge was the size of the BChE-binding pocket, which also supplied degenerate docking solutions in the reversible docking. Due to a similar carbamoylation rate of all the inhibitors tested, a conserved position of the carbamate moiety in the binding pocket was presumed. Therefore, a representative docking solution of a reference compound, which was selected in the binding pocket in terms of interactions, was chosen for a modeling approach. These interactions are 1) A hydrogen bond distance between the carbamate carbonyl and the oxyanion hole and 2) a distance between the carbamate carbon and the serine which allows for a nucleophilic attack and thus the transfer of the carbamate moiety onto the enzyme. For the modeling approach, the representative binding pose was used to construct the appropriate inhibitor structures.
The preferred position of the N-methyl group was calculated for both enantiomers via the tension energy of the corresponding binding poses. For S-enantiomers the preferred posi-tion of the methyl group is quasi-"axial" and for R-enantiomers quasi-"equatorial". The conserved binding mode thus is characterized by the heptyl chain being placed in the acyl pocket and the ligand scaffold in a side pocket of the BChE-binding site where hydrophobic interactions dominate.

In addition to high affinity quinazoline and quinazolinone inhibitors, it was intended to make quinazolinium compounds accessible as lead compounds for future cholinesterase inhibitors.
Synthetic studies initially focused on chemical reactivity and stability of the natural product dehydroevodiamine (DHED) and its benz-derivative (benz-DHED). In particular, benz-DHED was unstable under the synthesis conditions applied so far and described in the literature. The investigations therefore required introduction of a suitable synthetic route, in this case oxidation with KMnO4, accompanied by improvement of yield and no by-product formation. For future syntheses of derivatives, the use of a Lewis-acid-labile protecting group is suggested.
Depending on the reaction conditions, the quinazolinium compounds can be isolated in two forms (ring-opened and ring-closed = quinazolinium-salt). By means of UV/Vis-studies, the equilibrium of these two forms was elucidated. In aqueous alkaline solutions the enrichment of a third, hitherto in this context undescribed species, was observed. These studies helped in identification of the quinazolinium-form as biologically active species. Docking studies of this form, using the modeling-approach which was evolved for carbamates, showed a possible stabilization of this compound via a hydrogen bond mediated by a struc-tural water molecule in the BChE-binding site. The role of water here again shows that consideration of water molecules in docking studies might be able to describe preffered binding modes by means of additional protein-ligand-interactions better, compared to docking studies without explicit water molecule consideration.
Based on the basic research carried out for quinazolinium compounds, future inhibitor development based on this substance class can be performed.

Finally, the herein conducted synthetic and theoretical studies provide important contributions to the understanding of the interaction between inhibitors and cholinesterases, which can be used for future inhibitor development.
KW  - Cholinesteraseinhibitor
KW  - Docking <Chemie>
KW  - Organische Synthese
KW  - Acetylcholinesterase
KW  - Chinazolinone
KW  - Chinazoliniumverbindungen
KW  - Chinazoline
KW  - Carbamate
KW  - Bis-Tacrine
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-139955
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Weber, Stefan
T1  - Simulation Studies on the New Small Wheel Shielding of the ATLAS Experiment and Design and Construction of a Test Facility for Gaseous Detectors
T1  - Simulationsstudien zur New Small Wheel Abschirmung des ATLAS Experiments und Entwurf und Konstruktion eines Teststandes für Gasdetektoren
N2  - In this thesis two main projects are presented, both aiming at the overall goal
of particle detector development. In the first part of the thesis detailed shielding
studies are discussed, focused on the shielding section of the planned New Small
Wheel as part of the ATLAS detector upgrade. Those studies supported the discussions
within the upgrade community and decisions made on the final design of
the New Small Wheel. The second part of the thesis covers the design, construction
and functional demonstration of a test facility for gaseous detectors at the
University of Würzburg. Additional studies on the trigger system of the facility are
presented. Especially the precision and reliability of reference timing signals were
investigated.
N2  - In dieser Arbeit werden zwei Projekte vorgestellt, welche beide das gemeinsame
Ziel der Entwicklung von Teilchendetektoren verfolgen. Im ersten Teil der Arbeit
werden ausführliche Simulationsstudien zur Abschirmung behandelt, die sich auf
die Abschirmungsbereiche des geplanten New Small Wheels als Teil der ATLAS-Detektor
Verbesserungen konzentrieren. Diese Studien unterstützten die Diskussionen
innerhalb der Upgrade-Gemeinschaft und Entscheidungen, welche für die
endgültige Kostruktionsplanung des New Small Wheels getroffen wurden. Der
zweite Teil der Arbeit umfasst die Konstruktion, den Aufbau sowie den Funktionsnachweis
eines Teststandes für Gasdetektoren an der Universität Würzburg.
Ebenfalls werden Studien über das Triggersystems des Teststandes dargestellt. Insbesondere
wurden die Präzision und Verlässlichkeit von Referenzzeitsignalen untersucht.
KW  - Teilchendetektor
KW  - Abschirmung
KW  - Simulation
KW  - test facility
KW  - New Small Wheel
KW  - Teststand
KW  - Gasionisationsdetektor
KW  - European Organization for Nuclear Research. ATLAS Collaboration
KW  - Computersimulation
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-133084
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wawra, Stephan
A1  - Fesel, Philipp
A1  - Widmer, Heidi
A1  - Timm, Malte
A1  - Seibel, Jürgen
A1  - Leson, Lisa
A1  - Kesseler, Leona
A1  - Nostadt, Robin
A1  - Hilbert, Magdalena
A1  - Langen, Gregor
A1  - Zuccaro, Alga
T1  - The fungal-specific beta-glucan-binding lectin FGB1 alters cell-wall composition and suppresses glucan-triggered immunity in plants
JF  - Nature Communications
N2  - β-glucans are well-known modulators of the immune system in mammals but little is known about β-glucan triggered immunity in planta. Here we show by isothermal titration calorimetry, circular dichroism spectroscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy that the FGB1 gene from the root endophyte Piriformospora indica encodes for a secreted fungal-specific β-glucan-binding lectin with dual function. This lectin has the potential to both alter fungal cell wall composition and properties, and to efficiently suppress β-glucan-triggered immunity in different plant hosts, such as Arabidopsis, barley and Nicotiana benthamiana. Our results hint at the existence of fungal effectors that deregulate innate sensing of β-glucan in plants.
KW  - Effectors in plant pathology
KW  - Fungal host response
KW  - Lectins
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165945
VL  - 7
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wanzek, Katharina
T1  - The investigation of the function of repair proteins at G-quadruplex structures in \(Saccharomyces\) \(cerevisiae\) revealed that Mms1 promotes genome stability
T1  - Die Untersuchung der Funktion von Reparaturproteinen an G-Quadruplex Strukturen in \(Saccharomyces\) \(cerevisiae\) zeigte, dass Mms1 Genomstabilität fördert
N2  - G-quadruplex structures are highly stable alternative DNA structures that can, when not properly regulated, impede replication fork progression and cause genome instability (Castillo Bosch et al, 2014; Crabbe et al, 2004; Koole et al, 2014; Kruisselbrink et al, 2008; London et al, 2008; Lopes et al, 2011; Paeschke et al, 2013; Paeschke et al, 2011; Piazza et al, 2015; Piazza et al, 2010; Piazza et al, 2012; Ribeyre et al, 2009; Sabouri et al, 2014; Sarkies et al, 2012; Sarkies et al, 2010; Schiavone et al, 2014; Wu & Spies, 2016; Zimmer et al, 2016). The aim of this thesis was to identify novel G-quadruplex interacting proteins in Saccharomyces cerevisiae and to unravel their regulatory function at these structures to maintain genome integrity. Mms1 and Rtt101 were identified as G-quadruplex binding proteins in vitro via a pull-down experiment with subsequent mass spectrometry analysis. Rtt101, Mms1 and Mms22, which are all components of an ubiquitin ligase (Rtt101Mms1/Mms22), are important for the progression of the replication fork following fork stalling (Luke et al, 2006; Vaisica et al, 2011; Zaidi et al, 2008). The in vivo binding of endogenously tagged Mms1 to its target regions was analyzed genome-wide using chromatin-immunoprecipitation followed by deep-sequencing. Interestingly, Mms1 bound independently of Mms22 and Rtt101 to G-rich regions that have the potential to form G-quadruplex structures. In vitro, formation of G-quadruplex structures could be shown for the G-rich regions Mms1 bound to. This binding was observed throughout the cell cycle. Furthermore, the deletion of MMS1 caused replication fork stalling as evidenced by increased association of DNA Polymerase 2 at Mms1 dependent sites. A gross chromosomal rearrangement assay revealed that deletion of MMS1 results in a significantly increased genome instability at G-quadruplex motifs compared to G-rich or non-G-rich regions. Additionally, binding of the helicase Pif1, which unwinds G4 structures in vitro (Paeschke et al, 2013; Ribeyre et al, 2009; Sanders, 2010; Wallgren et al, 2016), to Mms1 binding sites was reduced in mms1 cells. The data presented in this thesis, together with published data, suggests a novel mechanistic model in which Mms1 binds to G-quadruplex structures and enables Pif1 association. This allows for replication fork progression and genome integrity.
N2  - Bei G-quadruplex Strukturen handelt es sich um stabile Sekundärstrukturen der DNA, welche das Fortschreiten der Replikationsgabel behindern und Genominstabilität verursachen können, falls sie nicht konsequent reguliert werden (Castillo Bosch et al, 2014; Crabbe et al, 2004; Koole et al, 2014; Kruisselbrink et al, 2008; London et al, 2008; Lopes et al, 2011; Paeschke et al, 2013; Paeschke et al, 2011; Piazza et al, 2015; Piazza et al, 2010; Piazza et al, 2012; Ribeyre et al, 2009; Sabouri et al, 2014; Sarkies et al, 2012; Sarkies et al, 2010; Schiavone et al, 2014; Wu & Spies, 2016; Zimmer et al, 2016). Ziel dieser Doktorarbeit war es, neue Proteininteraktionspartner dieser Strukturen in Saccharomyces cerevisiae zu identifizieren und zu untersuchen, wie diese Proteine die Strukturen regulieren um Genomstabilität zu gewährleisten. Mit Hilfe eines Pulldown Assays und anschließender massenspektrometrischer Analyse wurden Mms1 und Rtt101 in vitro als Interaktionspartner von G-quadruplex Strukturen identifiziert. Rtt101, Mms1 und Mms22, Komponenten der Ubiquitinligase Rtt101Mms1/Mms22, spielen eine wichtige Rolle beim Fortschreiten der Replikationsgabel, falls dieses durch Agenzien gehemmt wurde (Luke et al, 2006; Vaisica et al, 2011; Zaidi et al, 2008). Durch Chromatin-Immunpräzipitation mit anschließender Hochdurchsatzsequenzierung wurden die Bindestellen von Mms1 identifiziert. Interessanterweise hat Mms1 genomweit an G-reiche Sequenzen gebunden. Diese G-reichen Sequenzen bildeten G-quadruplex Strukturen in vitro aus. Die Bindung von Mms1 erfolgte unabhängig von Rtt101 und Mms22 sowie während des gesamten Zellzyklus. Außerdem kam es zu einer Verlangsamung der Replikationsgabel in mms1 Zellen, was durch eine verstärkte Bindung der DNA Polymerase 2 nachgewiesen wurde. Ein gross chromsomal rearrangement assay zeigte, dass die Genominstabilität in mms1 Zellen signifikant erhöht ist, wenn G-quadruplex Motive, im Vergleich zu nicht-G-reichen oder G-reichen Kontrollregionen, vorhanden sind. Zudem war die Bindung der Helikase Pif1, welche G-quadruplex Strukturen in vitro entwindet (Paeschke et al, 2013; Ribeyre et al, 2009; Sanders, 2010; Wallgren et al, 2016), stark reduziert, wenn Mms1 fehlte. Mit Hilfe der in dieser Doktorarbeit gewonnenen Ergebnisse, sowie mit Hilfe publizierter Daten, lässt sich ein Model postulieren, in welchem Mms1 an G-quadruplexe bindet und somit die Bindung von Pif1 ermöglicht. Dadurch werden das Fortschreiten der Replikationsgabel und die Genomstabilität gewährleistet.
KW  - Quadruplex-DNS
KW  - DNS-Reparatur
KW  - genome stability
KW  - Bierhefe
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-142547
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Wandrey, Georg
A1  - Wurzel, Joel
A1  - Hoffmann, Kyra
A1  - Ladner, Tobias
A1  - Büchs, Jochen
A1  - Meinel, Lorenz
A1  - Lühmann, Tessa
T1  - Probing unnatural amino acid integration into enhanced green fluorescent protein by genetic code expansion with a high-throughput screening platform
JF  - Journal of Biological Engineering
N2  - Background

Genetic code expansion has developed into an elegant tool to incorporate unnatural amino acids (uAA) at predefined sites in the protein backbone in response to an amber codon. However, recombinant production and yield of uAA comprising proteins are challenged due to the additional translation machinery required for uAA incorporation.

Results

We developed a microtiter plate-based high-throughput monitoring system (HTMS) to study and optimize uAA integration in the model protein enhanced green fluorescence protein (eGFP). Two uAA, propargyl-L-lysine (Plk) and (S)-2-amino-6-((2-azidoethoxy) carbonylamino) hexanoic acid (Alk), were incorporated at the same site into eGFP co-expressing the native PylRS/tRNAPyl CUA pair originating from Methanosarcina barkeri in E. coli. The site-specific uAA functionalization was confirmed by LC-MS/MS analysis. uAA-eGFP production and biomass growth in parallelized E. coli cultivations was correlated to (i) uAA concentration and the (ii) time of uAA addition to the expression medium as well as to induction parameters including the (iii) time and (iv) amount of IPTG supplementation. The online measurements of the HTMS were consolidated by end point-detection using standard enzyme-linked immunosorbent procedures.

Conclusion

The developed HTMS is powerful tool for parallelized and rapid screening. In light of uAA integration, future applications may include parallelized screening of different PylRS/tRNAPyl CUA pairs as well as further optimization of culture conditions.
KW  - protein engineering
KW  - amber codon suppression
KW  - online monitoring system
KW  - high-throughput screening
KW  - unnatural amino acid
KW  - bio-orthogonal chemistry
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166304
VL  - 10
IS  - 11
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Walz, Nora
A1  - Mühlberger, Andreas
A1  - Pauli, Paul
T1  - A human open field test reveals thigmotaxis related to agoraphobic fear
JF  - Biological Psychiatry
N2  - BACKGROUND: 
Thigmotaxis refers to a specific behavior of animals (i.e., to stay close to walls when exploring an open space). Such behavior can be assessed with the open field test (OFT), which is a well-established indicator of animal fear. The detection of similar open field behavior in humans may verify the translational validity of this paradigm. Enhanced thigmotaxis related to anxiety may suggest the relevance of such behavior for anxiety disorders, especially agoraphobia. 

METHODS: 
A global positioning system was used to analyze the behavior of 16 patients with agoraphobia and 18 healthy individuals with a risk for agoraphobia (i.e., high anxiety sensitivity) during a human OFT and compare it with appropriate control groups (n = 16 and n = 19). We also tracked 17 patients with agoraphobia and 17 control participants during a city walk that involved walking through an open market square. RESULTS: Our human OFT triggered thigmotaxis in participants; patients with agoraphobia and participants with high anxiety sensitivity exhibited enhanced thigmotaxis. This behavior was evident in increased movement lengths along the wall of the natural open field and fewer entries into the center of the field despite normal movement speed and length. Furthermore, participants avoided passing through the market square during the city walk, indicating again that thigmotaxis is related to agoraphobia. 

CONCLUSIONS: 
This study is the first to our knowledge to verify the translational validity of the OFT and to reveal that thigmotaxis, an evolutionarily adaptive behavior shown by most species, is related to agoraphobia, a pathologic fear of open spaces, and anxiety sensitivity, a risk factor for agoraphobia.
KW  - Agoraphobia
KW  - Animal models
KW  - Anxiety sensitivity
KW  - Avoidance behavior
KW  - Openfield test
KW  - Thigmotaxis
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187607
VL  - 80
IS  - 5
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Walter, T.
A1  - Collenburg, L.
A1  - Japtok, L.
A1  - Kleuser, B.
A1  - Schneider-Schaulies, S.
A1  - Müller, N.
A1  - Becam, J.
A1  - Schubert-Unkmeir, A.
A1  - Kong, J. N.
A1  - Bieberich, E.
A1  - Seibel, J.
T1  - Incorporation and visualization of azido-functionalized N-oleoyl serinol in Jurkat cells, mouse brain astrocytes, 3T3 fibroblasts and human brain microvascular endothelial cells
JF  - Chemical Communications
N2  - The synthesis and biological evaluation of azido-N-oleoyl serinol is reported. It mimicks biofunctional lipid ceramides and has shown to be capable of click reactions for cell membrane imaging in Jurkat and human brain microvascular endothelial cells.
KW  - Ceramide
KW  - Apoptosis
KW  - Golgi
KW  - N-oleoyl serinol
KW  - Jurkat cells
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-191263
VL  - 52
IS  - 55
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Walper, Elisabeth
A1  - Weiste, Christoph
A1  - Mueller, Martin J.
A1  - Hamberg, Mats
A1  - Dröge-Laser, Wolfgang
T1  - Screen Identifying Arabidopsis Transcription Factors Involved in the Response to 9-Lipoxygenase-Derived Oxylipins
JF  - PLoS One
N2  - 13-Lipoxygenase-derived oxylipins, such as jasmonates act as potent signaling molecules in plants. Although experimental evidence supports the impact of oxylipins generated by the 9-Lipoxygenase (9-LOX) pathway in root development and pathogen defense, their signaling function in plants remains largely elusive. Based on the root growth inhibiting properties of the 9-LOX-oxylipin 9-HOT (9-hydroxy-10,12,15-octadecatrienoic acid), we established a screening approach aiming at identifying transcription factors (TFs) involved in signaling and/or metabolism of this oxylipin. Making use of the AtTORF-Ex (Arabidopsis thaliana Transcription Factor Open Reading Frame Expression) collection of plant lines overexpressing TF genes, we screened for those TFs which restore root growth on 9-HOT. Out of 6,000 lines, eight TFs were recovered at least three times and were therefore selected for detailed analysis. Overexpression of the basic leucine Zipper (bZIP) TF TGA5 and its target, the monoxygenase CYP81D11 reduced the effect of added 9-HOT, presumably due to activation of a detoxification pathway. The highly related ETHYLENE RESPONSE FACTORs ERF106 and ERF107 induce a broad detoxification response towards 9-LOX-oxylipins and xenobiotic compounds. From a set of 18 related group S-bZIP factors isolated in the screen, bZIP11 is known to participate in auxin-mediated root growth and may connect oxylipins to root meristem function. The TF candidates isolated in this screen provide starting points for further attempts to dissect putative signaling pathways involving 9-LOX-derived oxylipins.
KW  - Jasmonic acid
KW  - root growth
KW  - arabidopsis thaliana
KW  - detoxification
KW  - seedlings
KW  - stress signaling cascade
KW  - hyperexpression techniques
KW  - ranscription factors
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146857
VL  - 11
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Wahl, Oliver
T1  - Impurity Profiling of Challenging Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients without Chromophore
T1  - Erstellen von Verunreinigungsprofilen von anspruchsvollen Wirkstoffen ohne Chromophor
N2  - The impurity profiling of pharmaceutical ingredients can oppose many challenges. The best part of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and the related substances are detectable by UV detection, a very common detection principle. However, if an API lacks a suitable chromophore other means of detection are necessary. The corona charged aerosol detector (CAD) is a detector capable of detecting substances independent of their chemical structure. This “universal” detector has only one limitation: The analyte has to have a sufficiently low vapor pressure. Another important challenge that comes often together with the lack of a chromophore concerns the separation. These substances (e.g. most amino acids and derivatives) often contain structures that make them difficult to retain on conventional reversed phase columns.
Possible solutions to overcome these challenges, like the application of the CAD and the benefit of so-called mixed-mode stationary phases in impurity profiling for pharmacopoeial purposes were explored in this work. The related substances analyzed in this thesis comprise amino acids, inorganic ions, bisphosphonic acids, basic and acidic derivatives of amino acids (esters and amides). 
The successful development and validation of mixed-mode liquid chromatography methods with CAD detection for carbocisteine and ibandronate sodium might help to increase the acceptance of this versatile detector in the pharmaceutical industry and in official authorities dealing with the determination of related substances. 
The combination of UV and CAD detection proved very useful during the analysis of Bicisate. Most of the related substances and some unidentified impurities were detectable by CAD whereas a synthesis by-product, a semi-volatile ester, was only detectable in the UV trace. The simple combination covers all relevant impurities in a single analysis.
Two truly orthogonal methods regarding separation and detection for the enantiomeric purity of magnesium-L-aspartate helped to find the reason for elevated D aspartic acid content in the drug substance. A very quick and sensitive indirect separation using the OPA derivatization with NAC was developed as a powerful screening tool, whereas the direct separation of D- and L-CBQCA-Asp derivatives confirmed the results. Both methods were optimized in order to do without substances mentioned on the REACH list, like sodium tetraborate which is very frequently applied in standard derivatization protocols and CE separations.
The importance of orthogonal detection principles in the determination of related substances of amino acids was discussed in a review article dealing with the revision of amino acid monographs in the Ph. Eur..
N2  - Die Reinheitsprüfung pharmazeutischer Wirkstoffe kann den Analytiker vor verschiedene Hürden stellen. So gilt für den größten Teil pharmazeutischer Wirkstoffe und deren verwandte Substanzen, dass sie mit Hilfe des weit verbreiteten UV-Detektors nachweisbar sind. Verfügt ein Wirkstoff hingegen nicht über ein geeignetes Chromophor, so benötigt man andere Möglichkeiten der Detektion. Der corona charged aerosol detector (CAD) ist in der Lage Substanzen unabhängig von ihrer chemischen Struktur zu detektieren, vorausgesetzt, sie sind schwerflüchtig. Eine weitere Herausforderung, die häufig mit dem Fehlen eines Chromophors einhergeht betrifft die Trennung. Verbindungen dieser Art (z.B. die meisten Aminosäuren und deren Derivate) enthalten häufig Strukturen, die eine Trennung auf konventionellen Umkehrphasen erschweren.
Mögliche Ansätze um die genannten Herausforderungen zu meistern, wie zum Beispiel die Verwendung des CAD und sogenannter mixed-mode Phasen in der pharmazeutischen Reinheitsanalytik wurden erarbeitet und an konkreten Anwendungen erprobt. Die in dieser Arbeit bestimmten verwandten Substanzen sind vor allem Aminosäuren, anorganische Ionen, Bisphosphonate sowie basische und saure Derivate von Aminosäuren (Ester und Amide).
Die erfolgreiche Entwicklung und Validierung von mixed-mode flüssig-chromatographischer Methoden kombiniert mit CAD für Carbocistein und Ibandronat Natrium könnte dabei helfen die Akzeptanz in der Pharmazeutischen Industrie und bei den für Reinheitsprüfungen zuständigen Behörden für diesen vielseitigen Detektor zu verbessern.
Die Kombination von UV-Detektion und CAD erwies sich bei der Analyse von Bicisate als sehr nützlich. Die meisten verwandten Substanzen und einige unbekannte Verunreinigungen konnten mittels CAD detektiert werden, während ein Nebenprodukt der Synthese, ein halb-flüchtiger Ester, nur mit Hilfe des UV Detektors sichtbar war. Die Kombination zweier Detektionstechniken ermöglichte die Bestimmung aller relevanten Verunreinigungen in einer einzigen Analyse.
Die Bestimmung der optischen Reinheit von Magnesium-L-Aspartat gelang mittels zweier orthogonaler Methoden und der Grund für das Auftreten von erhöhten Konzentrationen an D-Aspartat wurde gefunden. Eine schnelle indirekte Bestimmung der OPA/NAC-Derivate eignete sich als Screening-tool, während die direkte Trennung der enantiomeren CBQCA-Derivate die Ergebnisse bestätigte. Beide Methoden wurden im Hinblick darauf optimiert, dass sie ohne Substanzen wie Natriumtetraborat, eine Substanz auf der REACH Liste für besonders besorgniserregende Substanzen, sowie gebräuchlicher Puffer bei Derivatisierungsreaktionen und CZE Trennungen, auskamen.
Die Bedeutung von orthogonalen Detektionstechniken bei der Bestimmung der verwandten Substanzen von Aminosäuren wurde in einem Übersichtsartikel, der in Zusammenhang mit der Revision von Aminosäuren Monographien des Europäischen Arzneibuches steht, diskutiert.
KW  - Chromatographie
KW  - Verunreinigung
KW  - Impurity Profiling
KW  - Amino acids
KW  - Corona charged aerosol detector
KW  - Aminosäuren
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-137205
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Väth, Stefan Kilian
T1  - On the Role of Spin States in Organic Semiconductor Devices
T1  - Die Rolle von Spin Zuständen in organischen Halbleiterbauteilen
N2  - The present work addressed the influence of spins on fundamental processes in organic
semiconductors. In most cases, the role of spins in the conversion of sun light
into electricity was of particular interest. However, also the reversed process, an electric
current creating luminescence, was investigated by means of spin sensitive measurements.
In this work, many material systems were probed with a variety of innovative
detection techniques based on electron paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy.
More precisely, the observable could be customized which resulted in the experimental
techniques photoluminescence detected magnetic resonance (PLDMR), electrically
detected magnetic resonance (EDMR), and electroluminescence detected magnetic
resonance (ELDMR). Besides the commonly used continuous wave EPR spectroscopy,
this selection of measurement methods yielded an access to almost all intermediate
steps occurring in organic semiconductors during the conversion of light into electricity
and vice versa. Special attention was paid to the fact that all results were applicable
to realistic working conditions of the investigated devices, i.e. room temperature application and realistic illumination conditions.
N2  - Die vorliegende Arbeit behandelt den Einfluss der Elektronenspins auf grundlegende Prozesse in organischen Halbleitern. In den meisten Fällen wurde der Spineinfluss während der Umwandlung von Sonnenlicht in Elektrizität untersucht. Zusätzlich wurde in einer Studie der gegenteilige Prozess behandelt. Dabei wurde der Einfluss der Spins auf die Umwandlung von elektrischem Strom in Licht betrachtet. Es wurden viele verschiedene Materialsysteme verwendet, die mit einer Vielzahl an Methoden vermessen wurden, welche alle auf dem Prinzip der Elektronenspinresonanz beruhen. Dabei wurde stets die Messgröße variiert, was zu den verwendeten Messmethoden Photolumineszenz detektierte Magnetresonanz (PLDMR), elektrisch detektierte Magnetresonanz (EDMR) und Elektrolumineszenz detektierte Magnetresonanz (ELDMR) geführt hat. Zusam- men mit der gewöhnlichen Elektronenspinresonanz Spektroskopie führt diese Auswahl
an vielfältigen Messmethoden dazu, dass so gut wie alle Zwischenschritte bei der Umwand- lung von Licht in Elektrizität als auch von Elektrizität in Licht untersucht werden können. Besonderes Augenmerk wurde darauf gelegt, dass alle Messungen auf realistische Bedingungen übertragbar sind, d.h. bei Raumtemperatur und unter normalen Beleuchtungsstärken und -wellenlängen.
Zu Beginn der Arbeit wurde ein kurzer Überblick über die historische Entwicklung von organischen Solarzellen gegeben, zusammen mit der Erläuterung von grundlegenden Prozessen in den untersuchten Bauteilen, stets auch hinsichtlich der vorkommenden Spinzustände. Desweiteren wurde die Solarzellencharakterisierung und die Morphologie der aktiven Schicht diskutiert. Das darauf folgende Kapitel behandelte die theoretische Beschreibung des Magnetfeldeffekts auf Spinzustände und diverse Wechselwirkungsmechanismen. Darüber hinaus wurde diskutiert, wie Mikrowellen die vom Magnetfeld ausgerichteten Spins beeinflussen können. Zu guter Letzt wurden verschiedene Modelle vorgestellt, mit deren Hilfe sich die erzielten Ergebnisse interpretieren lassen. Das nächste Kapitel beschreibt schließlich detailliert die experimentellen Feinheiten, wie verwendete Materialien, Probenherstellung und verschiedene Spektrometer Konfigurationen.
Das erste Ergebnis Kapitel beschreibt den Einfluss des Zusatzmittels 1,8-Dijodoktan auf das Materialsystem PTB7:PC70BM. Dies wurde mit Hilfe von konventioneller Elek- tronenspinresonanz untersucht, welche es ermöglicht zwischen Elektronen auf dem Akzeptor- und Polaronen auf dem Donormaterial zu unterscheiden. Ergänzend dazu wurden Röntgenphotoelektronenspektroskopiemessungen durchgeführt, welche zu dem Ergebnis führten, dass Jod trotz Hochvakuumtrocknung mit der relativen hohen Konzentration von (7.3±2.1)·1019 1 in dem Material verbleibt. Zudem bleibt Jod wahrscheinlich bevorzugt in der Akzeptorphase. Es wurde außerdem kein elektronischer Doping- effekt gefunden. Nichtsdestotrotz wird dieses Ergebnis einen Einfluss auf die zukünftige Wahl des Zusatzmittels haben.
Kapitel 6 handelt von der Entstehung von Triplett Exzitonen in dem Materialsystem p-DTS(FBTTh2)2:PC70BM, wobei das Donormaterial aus löslichen kleinen Molekülen besteht, anstatt aus Polymeren. Mit Hilfe von PLDMR Messungen konnten die Entstehungsmechanismen Elektronenrücktransfer, sowie inter system crossing den verschiedenen Proben zugeordnet werden. Der genaue Mechanismus hängt jedoch stark von der Morphologie des untersuchten Materialsystems ab. Durch den Nachweis von Triplett Exzitonen bei Raumtemperatur konnte die Relevanz der Ergebnisse auch bei realen Bedingungen bestätigt werden. Vergleicht man das Triplett Vorkommen mit den So- larzelleneffizienzen konnte keine Korrelation erkannt werden. Daraus ergibt sich, dass Triplett Exzitonen für das untersuchte Materialsystem keine Effizienz limitierende Größe darstellen. Zum Abschluss wurde die Ausrichtung der Moleküle auf dem Substrat mit Hilfe von winkelabhängigen Messungen bestätigt.
Der Einfluss des Zusatzmittels Galvinoxyl auf die Funktionsweise von organischen Solarzellen wird in Kapitel 7 untersucht. Es wurden PLDMR durchgeführt, die gezeigt haben, dass Galvinoxyl in der Lage ist Spin Zustände zu verändern, wie von der Literatur vorhergesagt. Aufgrund dessen handelt es sich um einen konkurrierenden Prozess gegenüber den erzeugten Spin resonanten Bedingungen. Durch die Messung an verschiedenen Doping Konzentrationen konnte ein Optimum von 3.2 % für das Materialsystem P3HT:PC60BM bestimmt werden. Trotzallem ist es unwahrscheinlich, dass der
sehr große Anstieg des Photostroms in mit Galvinoxyl gedopten Solarzellen auf spinabhängige Prozesse zurückzuführen ist.
Die Quantifizierung von spinabhängigen Prozessen in organischen Solarzellen bein- haltet viele Schwierigkeiten. Durch die Kombination des EDMR Messprinzips mit der Ladungsträgerextraktionsmethode OTRACE war es jedoch möglich, einen spinabhängigen Rekombinationsanteil von (0.012±0.009)% bei Raumtemperatur und (0.052±0.031)% bei 200 K für das Materialsystem P3HT:PC70BM zu bestimmen. Darüber hinaus wurde eine Interpretation eingeführt, die in der Lage ist, das Zustandekommen des EDMR Signals zu erklären.
Im letzten Ergebnisteil (Kapitel 9) wurde der Fokus darauf gelegt, wie Spins die Funktionsweise von organischen Leuchtdioden (OLEDs) beeinflussen, die auf thermisch aktivierter verzögerter Lumineszenz (TADF) basieren. Dabei wurden verschiedene Detektionsverfahren verwendet, wobei sich heraus gestellt hat, dass ELDMR das einzig verwendbare darstellt. Damit konnten durch temperaturabhängige Messungen der energetische Unterschied zwischen dem Singulett- und Triplett Exciplex Zustand ∆EST bestimmt werden. Es ergaben sich (20.5±1.2) meV für THCA:BPhen und (68.3±5.4) meV für m-MTDATA:BPhen. Durch diese Messungen wurde zum ersten Mal zweifelsfrei der Einfluss von Spins in der Entstehung der Elektrolumineszenz von TADF OLEDs gezeigt. Aufgrund der Diskussion von möglichen Gründen, die für die verschiedenen Werte von ∆EST verantwortlich sind, konnten neue Vorgaben für zukünftige Materialkombinationen und -synthese gefunden werden.
Zusammenfassend lässt sich sagen, dass die vorliegende Arbeit einen bedeutenden Beitrag geliefert hat, um spinabhängige Prozesse in organischen Halbleitern aufzuklären. Darauf aufbauend werden Folgestudien vielleicht eines Tages sämtliche spinabhängigen Prozesse in diesen viel versprechenden Materialsystemen erklären können.
KW  - Organischer Halbleiter
KW  - Elektronenspin
KW  - Polymerhalbleiter
KW  - Organic Semiconductors
KW  - Electron Spin Resonance
KW  - Elektronenspinresonanz
KW  - Spin
KW  - Spin-eins-System
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-141894
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vučićević, Dubravka
A1  - Gehre, Maja
A1  - Dhamija, Sonam
A1  - Friis-Hansen, Lennart
A1  - Meierhofer, David
A1  - Sauer, Sascha
A1  - Ørom, Ulf Andersson
T1  - The long non-coding RNA PARROT is an upstream regulator of c-Myc and affects proliferation and translation
JF  - Oncotarget
N2  - Long non-coding RNAs are important regulators of gene expression and signaling pathways. The expression of long ncRNAs is dysregulated in cancer and other diseases. The identification and characterization of long ncRNAs is often challenging due to their low expression level and localization to chromatin. Here, we identify a functional long ncRNA, PARROT (Proliferation Associated RNA and Regulator Of Translation) transcribed by RNA polymerase II and expressed at a relatively high level in a number of cell lines. The PARROT long ncRNA is associated with proliferation in both transformed and normal cell lines. We characterize the long ncRNA PARROT as an upstream regulator of c-Myc affecting cellular proliferation and translation using RNA sequencing and mass spectrometry following depletion of the long ncRNA. PARROT is repressed during senescence of human mammary epithelial cells and overexpressed in some cancers, suggesting an important association with proliferation through regulation of c-Myc. With this study, we add to the knowledge of cytoplasmic functional long ncRNAs and extent the long ncRNA-Myc regulatory network in transformed and normal cells.
KW  - PARROT
KW  - c-Myc
KW  - long ncRNA
KW  - upstream regulator
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166519
VL  - 7
IS  - 23
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Volckmar, Anna-Lena
A1  - Han, Chung Ting
A1  - Pütter, Carolin
A1  - Haas, Stefan
A1  - Vogel, Carla I. G.
A1  - Knoll, Nadja
A1  - Struve, Christoph
A1  - Göbel, Maria
A1  - Haas, Katharina
A1  - Herrfurth, Nikolas
A1  - Jarick, Ivonne
A1  - Grallert, Harald
A1  - Schürmann, Annette
A1  - Al-Hasani, Hadi
A1  - Hebebrand, Johannes
A1  - Sauer, Sascha
A1  - Hinney, Anke
T1  - Analysis of Genes Involved in Body Weight Regulation by Targeted Re-Sequencing
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Introduction
Genes involved in body weight regulation that were previously investigated in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) and in animal models were target-enriched followed by massive parallel next generation sequencing.

Methods
We enriched and re-sequenced continuous genomic regions comprising FTO, MC4R, TMEM18, SDCCAG8, TKNS, MSRA and TBC1D1 in a screening sample of 196 extremely obese children and adolescents with age and sex specific body mass index (BMI) ≥ 99th percentile and 176 lean adults (BMI ≤ 15th percentile). 22 variants were confirmed by Sanger sequencing. Genotyping was performed in up to 705 independent obesity trios (extremely obese child and both parents), 243 extremely obese cases and 261 lean adults.

Results and Conclusion
We detected 20 different non-synonymous variants, one frame shift and one nonsense mutation in the 7 continuous genomic regions in study groups of different weight extremes. For SNP Arg695Cys (rs58983546) in TBC1D1 we detected nominal association with obesity (pTDT = 0.03 in 705 trios). Eleven of the variants were rare, thus were only detected heterozygously in up to ten individual(s) of the complete screening sample of 372 individuals. Two of them (in FTO and MSRA) were found in lean individuals, nine in extremely obese. In silico analyses of the 11 variants did not reveal functional implications for the mutations. Concordant with our hypothesis we detected a rare variant that potentially leads to loss of FTO function in a lean individual. For TBC1D1, in contrary to our hypothesis, the loss of function variant (Arg443Stop) was found in an obese individual. Functional in vitro studies are warranted.
KW  - body weight regulation
KW  - genes
KW  - targeted re-sequencing
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167274
VL  - 11
IS  - 2
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vogtmann, Emily
A1  - Hua, Xing
A1  - Zeller, Georg
A1  - Sunagawa, Shinichi
A1  - Voigt, Anita Y.
A1  - Hercog, Rajna
A1  - Goedert, James J.
A1  - Shi, Jianxin
A1  - Bork, Peer
A1  - Sinha, Rashmi
T1  - Colorectal Cancer and the Human Gut Microbiome: Reproducibility with Whole-Genome Shotgun Sequencing
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Accumulating evidence indicates that the gut microbiota affects colorectal cancer development, but previous studies have varied in population, technical methods, and associations with cancer. Understanding these variations is needed for comparisons and for potential pooling across studies. Therefore, we performed whole-genome shotgun sequencing on fecal samples from 52 pre-treatment colorectal cancer cases and 52 matched controls from Washington, DC. We compared findings from a previously published 16S rRNA study to the metagenomics-derived taxonomy within the same population. In addition, metagenome-predicted genes, modules, and pathways in the Washington, DC cases and controls were compared to cases and controls recruited in France whose specimens were processed using the same platform. Associations between the presence of fecal Fusobacteria, Fusobacterium, and Porphyromonas with colorectal cancer detected by 16S rRNA were reproduced by metagenomics, whereas higher relative abundance of Clostridia in cancer cases based on 16S rRNA was merely borderline based on metagenomics. This demonstrated that within the same sample set, most, but not all taxonomic associations were seen with both methods. Considering significant cancer associations with the relative abundance of genes, modules, and pathways in a recently published French metagenomics dataset, statistically significant associations in the Washington, DC population were detected for four out of 10 genes, three out of nine modules, and seven out of 17 pathways. In total, colorectal cancer status in the Washington, DC study was associated with 39% of the metagenome-predicted genes, modules, and pathways identified in the French study. More within and between population comparisons are needed to identify sources of variation and disease associations that can be reproduced despite these variations. Future studies should have larger sample sizes or pool data across studies to have sufficient power to detect associations that are reproducible and significant after correction for multiple testing.
KW  - colorectal cancer
KW  - gut microbiota
KW  - whole-genome shotgun sequencing
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166904
VL  - 11
IS  - 5
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Vogel, Patrick
T1  - Traveling Wave Magnetic Particle Imaging
T1  - Traveling Wave Magnetic Particle Imaging
N2  - Magnetic Particle Imaging (MPI) ist eine noch sehr junge Technologie unter den nicht-invasiven tomographischen Verfahren. Seit der ersten Veröffentlichung 2005 wurden einige Scannertypen und Konzepte vorgestellt, welche durch die Messung des Antwortsignals von superparamagnetischen Eisennanopartikeln (SPIOs) auf wechselnde Magnetfelder ein dreidi-mensionales Bild ihrer Verteilung berechnen können. Durch die direkte Messung des Tracers handelt es sich beim MPI um eine sehr sensitive und hochspezifische bildgebende Methode.
Zu Beginn dieser Forschungsarbeit gab es nur wenige bekannte MPI-Scanner, die jedoch alle ein nur kleines Field-of-View (FOV) vorweisen konnten. Der Grund dafür liegt in der Ver-wendung von Permanentmagneten.
Das Ziel war es nun, ein neues Konzept auszuarbeiten und einen 3D-MPI-Scanner zu entwer-fen, der in der Lage ist, ein mausgroßes Objekt zu messen.
In dieser Arbeit wird ein alternatives Scannerkonzept für die dreidimensionale Bildge-bung superparamagnetischer Eisennanopartikel vorgestellt. Der Traveling Wave MPI-Scanner (TWMPI) basiert auf einem neu entwickelten Hauptspulensystem, welches aus mehreren Elektromagneten besteht. Dadurch ist die Hardware bereits in der Lage, eine Linie entlang der Symmetrieachse über einen großen Bereich dynamisch zu kodieren. Mit Hilfe weiterer Ab-lenkspulen kann schließlich ein FOV von 65 x 25 x 25 Millimetern dreidimensional abgetastet werden. Dazu stehen mehrere Scanverfahren zur Verfügung, welche das Probenvolumen li-nienweise oder ebenenweise abtasten und mit einer Auflösung von ca. 2 Millimetern die Ver-teilung der SPIOs in wenigen Millisekunden abbilden können.
Mit diesem neuen Hardwareansatz konnte erstmals ein MPI-Scanner mit einem MR-Tomographen (MRT) kombiniert werden. Das MPI/MRT-Hybridsystem liefert tomographi-sche Bilder des Gewebes (MRT) und zeigt die Verteilung des eisenhaltigen Kontrastmittels (MPI), ohne die Probe bewegen zu müssen.
In einer in-vivo Echtzeitmessung konnte der TWMPI-Scanner mit 20 Bildern pro Se-kunde die dynamische Verteilung eines eisenhaltigen Kontrastmittels im Körper und speziell im schlagenden Herzen eines Tieres darstellen. Diese Echtzeitfähigkeit eröffnet in der kardi-ovaskuläre Bildgebung neue Möglichkeiten.
Erste Messungen mit funktionalisierten Eisenpartikeln zeigen die spezifische Bildge-bung verschiedener Zelltypen und stellen einen interessanten Aspekt für die molekulare Bild-gebung dar. Die Sensitivität des Scanners liegt dabei im Bereich von wenigen Mikrogramm Eisen pro Milliliter, was für den Nachweis von wenigen 10.000 mit Eisen markierten Zellen ausreicht.
Neben Messungen an diversen Ferrofluiden und eisenhaltigen Kontrastmitteln konnte der Einfluss von massiven Materialen, wie Eisenstückchen oder Eisenspänen, auf die rekon-struierten Bilder untersucht werden.
Erste Messungen an Gestein zeigen die Verteilung von Eiseneinschlüssen und bieten die Möglichkeit einer weiteren zerstörungsfreien Untersuchungsmethode für Materialwissen-schaftler und Geologen. Weiterführende Testmessungen mit einer unabhängigen μMPI-Anlage zeigen erste Ergebnisse mit Auflösungen im Mikrometerbereich und liefern Erkennt-nisse für den Umgang und Messung mit starken Gradientenfeldern.
Eine Modifizierung der Messanlage erlaubt es, in gerade einmal 500 μs ein komplettes Bild aufzunehmen, womit die Bewegung eines Ferrofluidtropfens in Wasser sichtbar gemacht werden konnte. Damit ist diese TWMPI-Anlage das schnellste MPI-System und eröffnet die Möglichkeit grundlegende Erfahrungen in der Partikeldynamik zu erlangen.
Der vorgestellte Traveling Wave MPI-Scanner ist ein alternativer Scannertyp, welcher sich von anderen MPI-Scannern abhebt. Mit neuen Ansätzen ist in der Lage ein mausgroßes Objekt auf dynamische Weise sehr schnell abzutasten. Dabei konnten in verschiedenen Mes-sungen die Funktionalität und Leistungsfähigkeit des TWMPI-Konzeptes demonstriert wer-den, welche die gesteckten Ziele deutlich übertreffen.
N2  - Magnetic particle imaging (MPI) is still a very young technology among the non-invasive tomographic modalities. Since its first publication in 2005, several types of scanners and concepts were presented, which can reconstruct a three-dimensional image of the distri-bution of superparamagnetic iron-oxide nanoparticles (SPIOs) by measuring their magnetiza-tion response to varying magnetic fields. Due to the direct measurement of the tracer MPI is a very sensitive and highly specific imaging modality.
At the beginning of this project only a few MPI-scanners were known, but all of them are limited to a small field-of-view (FOV). The reason for this is the use of permanent mag-nets.
The aim of this work was to develop a new concept and design for a 3D-MPI-scanner, which is able to measure a mouse sized object.
In this thesis an alternative scanner concept for three-dimensional imaging of super-paramagnetic iron nanoparticles is presented. The Traveling Wave-MPI-scanner (TWMPI) is based on a newly developed main coil system, which consists of a series of electromagnets. This coil array is by itself able to dynamically encode a line along the symmetry axis over an extended length. With additional offset coils the system is able to scan a FOV of 65 x 25 x 25 millimeters in three dimensions. For scanning the whole volume several tech-niques are available, which map the data line-by-line or slice-by-slice in a few milliseconds and yield the distribution of SPIOs with a resolution of about 2 millimeters.
Using this new hardware approach a MPI-scanner was successfully combined with an MRI-scanner for the first time. The MPI/MRI-hybrid-system provides tomographic images of the tissue (MRI) and detects the distribution of iron-containing contrast agent (MPI), without the need to move the sample.
In an in-vivo real-time measurement using the TWMPI-scanner the dynamic distribu-tion of an iron-containing contrast agent was visualized in the body and especially in the beat-ing heart of an animal with a temporal resolution of 20 frames per second. This real-time ca-pability opens up new possibilities in cardio-vascular imaging.
First measurements using functionalized iron-oxide nanoparticles specifically detect different cell types and thereby provide an interesting aspect for molecular imaging. The sensi-tivity of the scanner is in the range of a few micrograms of iron per milliliter, which is suffi-cient to detect about 50,000 iron-labeled cells.
In several studies the influence of various ferrofluids, iron-containing contrast agents and solid materials, such as pieces of iron or iron filings, were examined on the reconstructed images.
First measurements on ferrous rock show the location of iron-inclusions and offer an-other non-destructive imaging technique for material scientists and geologists. Additional tests with an independent μMPI-system were performed to explore resolutions in the micrometer range and provide insights for handling and measuring with a high gradient strength.
A modification of the setup allows to acquire a full slice in just 500 microseconds, which enable the visualization of the motion of a droplet of ferrofluid in water. With this TWMPI is the fastest MPI-system available and gives access to fundamental studies of particle dynamics.
The presented Traveling Wave MPI-system is an alternative scanner concept, which sets itself apart from other MPI-scanners. Mouse-sized objects can be imaged in a dynamic way in very short times. The feasibility and performance of the TWMPI-concept were suc-cessfully demonstrated in various measurements considerably exceeding the original aims.
KW  - Magnetpartikelbildgebung
KW  - Traveling Wave Magnetic Particle Imaging
KW  - Traveling Wave Magnetic Particle Imaging
KW  - tomographic imaging method
KW  - molecular imaging
KW  - field free point (FFP)
KW  - Tomografie
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-132700
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vigorito, Elena
A1  - Kuchenbaecker, Karoline B.
A1  - Beesley, Jonathan
A1  - Adlard, Julian
A1  - Agnarsson, Bjarni A.
A1  - Andrulis, Irene L.
A1  - Arun, Banu K.
A1  - Barjhoux, Laure
A1  - Belotti, Muriel
A1  - Benitez, Javier
A1  - Berger, Andreas
A1  - Bojesen, Anders
A1  - Bonanni, Bernardo
A1  - Brewer, Carole
A1  - Caldes, Trinidad
A1  - Caligo, Maria A.
A1  - Campbell, Ian
A1  - Chan, Salina B.
A1  - Claes, Kathleen B. M.
A1  - Cohn, David E.
A1  - Cook, Jackie
A1  - Daly, Mary B.
A1  - Damiola, Francesca
A1  - Davidson, Rosemarie
A1  - de Pauw, Antoine
A1  - Delnatte, Capucine
A1  - Diez, Orland
A1  - Domchek, Susan M.
A1  - Dumont, Martine
A1  - Durda, Katarzyna
A1  - Dworniczak, Bernd
A1  - Easton, Douglas F.
A1  - Eccles, Diana
A1  - Ardnor, Christina Edwinsdotter
A1  - Eeles, Ros
A1  - Ejlertsen, Bent
A1  - Ellis, Steve
A1  - Evans, D. Gareth
A1  - Feliubadalo, Lidia
A1  - Fostira, Florentia
A1  - Foulkes, William D.
A1  - Friedman, Eitan
A1  - Frost, Debra
A1  - Gaddam, Pragna
A1  - Ganz, Patricia A.
A1  - Garber, Judy
A1  - Garcia-Barberan, Vanesa
A1  - Gauthier-Villars, Marion
A1  - Gehrig, Andrea
A1  - Gerdes, Anne-Marie
A1  - Giraud, Sophie
A1  - Godwin, Andrew K.
A1  - Goldgar, David E.
A1  - Hake, Christopher R.
A1  - Hansen, Thomas V. O.
A1  - Healey, Sue
A1  - Hodgson, Shirley
A1  - Hogervorst, Frans B. L.
A1  - Houdayer, Claude
A1  - Hulick, Peter J.
A1  - Imyanitov, Evgeny N.
A1  - Isaacs, Claudine
A1  - Izatt, Louise
A1  - Izquierdo, Angel
A1  - Jacobs, Lauren
A1  - Jakubowska, Anna
A1  - Janavicius, Ramunas
A1  - Jaworska-Bieniek, Katarzyna
A1  - Jensen, Uffe Birk
A1  - John, Esther M.
A1  - Vijai, Joseph
A1  - Karlan, Beth Y.
A1  - Kast, Karin
A1  - Khan, Sofia
A1  - Kwong, Ava
A1  - Laitman, Yael
A1  - Lester, Jenny
A1  - Lesueur, Fabienne
A1  - Liljegren, Annelie
A1  - Lubinski, Jan
A1  - Mai, Phuong L.
A1  - Manoukian, Siranoush
A1  - Mazoyer, Sylvie
A1  - Meindl, Alfons
A1  - Mensenkamp, Arjen R.
A1  - Montagna, Marco
A1  - Nathanson, Katherine L.
A1  - Neuhausen, Susan L.
A1  - Nevanlinna, Heli
A1  - Niederacher, Dieter
A1  - Olah, Edith
A1  - Olopade, Olufunmilayo I.
A1  - Ong, Kai-ren
A1  - Osorio, Ana
A1  - Park, Sue Kyung
A1  - Paulsson-Karlsson, Ylva
A1  - Pedersen, Inge Sokilde
A1  - Peissel, Bernard
A1  - Peterlongo, Paolo
A1  - Pfeiler, Georg
A1  - Phelan, Catherine M.
A1  - Piedmonte, Marion
A1  - Poppe, Bruce
A1  - Pujana, Miquel Angel
A1  - Radice, Paolo
A1  - Rennert, Gad
A1  - Rodriguez, Gustavo C.
A1  - Rookus, Matti A.
A1  - Ross, Eric A.
A1  - Schmutzler, Rita Katharina
A1  - Simard, Jacques
A1  - Singer, Christian F.
A1  - Slavin, Thomas P.
A1  - Soucy, Penny
A1  - Southey, Melissa
A1  - Steinemann, Doris
A1  - Stoppa-Lyonnet, Dominique
A1  - Sukiennicki, Grzegorz
A1  - Sutter, Christian
A1  - Szabo, Csilla I.
A1  - Tea, Muy-Kheng
A1  - Teixeira, Manuel R.
A1  - Teo, Soo-Hwang
A1  - Terry, Mary Beth
A1  - Thomassen, Mads
A1  - Tibiletti, Maria Grazia
A1  - Tihomirova, Laima
A1  - Tognazzo, Silvia
A1  - van Rensburg, Elizabeth J.
A1  - Varesco, Liliana
A1  - Varon-Mateeva, Raymonda
A1  - Vratimos, Athanassios
A1  - Weitzel, Jeffrey N.
A1  - McGuffog, Lesley
A1  - Kirk, Judy
A1  - Toland, Amanda Ewart
A1  - Hamann, Ute
A1  - Lindor, Noralane
A1  - Ramus, Susan J.
A1  - Greene, Mark H.
A1  - Couch, Fergus J.
A1  - Offit, Kenneth
A1  - Pharoah, Paul D. P.
A1  - Chenevix-Trench, Georgia
A1  - Antoniou, Antonis C.
T1  - Fine-Scale Mapping at 9p22.2 Identifies Candidate Causal Variants That Modify Ovarian Cancer Risk in BRCA1 and BRCA2 Mutation Carriers
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Population-based genome wide association studies have identified a locus at 9p22.2 associated with ovarian cancer risk, which also modifies ovarian cancer risk in BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutation carriers. We conducted fine-scale mapping at 9p22.2 to identify potential causal variants in BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutation carriers. Genotype data were available for 15,252 (2,462 ovarian cancer cases) BRCA1 and 8,211 (631 ovarian cancer cases) BRCA2 mutation carriers. Following genotype imputation, ovarian cancer associations were assessed for 4,873 and 5,020 SNPs in BRCA1 and BRCA 2 mutation carriers respectively, within a retrospective cohort analytical framework. In BRCA1 mutation carriers one set of eight correlated candidate causal variants for ovarian cancer risk modification was identified (top SNP rs10124837, HR: 0.73, 95%CI: 0.68 to 0.79, p-value 2× 10−16). These variants were located up to 20 kb upstream of BNC2. In BRCA2 mutation carriers one region, up to 45 kb upstream of BNC2, and containing 100 correlated SNPs was identified as candidate causal (top SNP rs62543585, HR: 0.69, 95%CI: 0.59 to 0.80, p-value 1.0 × 10−6). The candidate causal in BRCA1 mutation carriers did not include the strongest associated variant at this locus in the general population. In sum, we identified a set of candidate causal variants in a region that encompasses the BNC2 transcription start site. The ovarian cancer association at 9p22.2 may be mediated by different variants in BRCA1 mutation carriers and in the general population. Thus, potentially different mechanisms may underlie ovarian cancer risk for mutation carriers and the general population.
KW  - fine-scale mapping
KW  - ovarian cancer
KW  - genetics
KW  - BRCA1
KW  - BRCA2
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166869
VL  - 11
IS  - 7
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Viera, Jonathan Trujillo
A1  - El-Merahbi, Rabih
A1  - Nieswandt, Bernhard
A1  - Stegner, David
A1  - Sumara, Grzegorz
T1  - Phospholipases D1 and D2 Suppress Appetite and Protect against Overweight
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Obesity is a major risk factor predisposing to the development of peripheral insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes (T2D). Elevated food intake and/or decreased energy expenditure promotes body weight gain and acquisition of adipose tissue. Number of studies implicated phospholipase D (PLD) enzymes and their product, phosphatidic acid (PA), in regulation of signaling cascades controlling energy intake, energy dissipation and metabolic homeostasis. However, the impact of PLD enzymes on regulation of metabolism has not been directly determined so far. In this study we utilized mice deficient for two major PLD isoforms, PLD1 and PLD2, to assess the impact of these enzymes on regulation of metabolic homeostasis. We showed that mice lacking PLD1 or PLD2 consume more food than corresponding control animals. Moreover, mice deficient for PLD2, but not PLD1, present reduced energy expenditure. In addition, deletion of either of the PLD enzymes resulted in development of elevated body weight and increased adipose tissue content in aged animals. Consistent with the fact that elevated content of adipose tissue predisposes to the development of hyperlipidemia and insulin resistance, characteristic for the pre-diabetic state, we observed that Pld1\(^{-/-}\) and Pld2\(^{-/-}\) mice present elevated free fatty acids (FFA) levels and are insulin as well as glucose intolerant. In conclusion, our data suggest that deficiency of PLD1 or PLD2 activity promotes development of overweight and diabetes.
KW  - enzyme regulation
KW  - insulin resistance
KW  - body weight
KW  - mouse models
KW  - bioenergetics
KW  - insulin
KW  - hypothalamus
KW  - adipose tissue
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-179729
VL  - 11
IS  - 6
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Verma, Pramod Kumar
A1  - Steinbacher, Andreas
A1  - Schmiedel, Alexander
A1  - Nuernberger, Patrick
A1  - Brixner, Tobias
T1  - Excited-state intramolecular proton transfer of 2-acetylindan-1,3-dione studied by ultrafast absorption and fluorescence spectroscopy
JF  - Structural Dynamics
N2  - We employ transient absorption from the deep-UV to the visible region and fluorescence upconversion to investigate the photoinduced excited-state intramolecular proton-transfer dynamics in a biologically relevant drug molecule, 2-acetylindan-1,3-dione. The molecule is a ß-diketone which in the electronic ground state exists as exocyclic enol with an intramolecular H-bond. Upon electronic excitation at 300 nm, the first excited state of the exocyclic enol is initially populated, followed by ultrafast proton transfer (≈160 fs) to form the vibrationally hot endocyclic enol. Subsequently, solvent-induced vibrational relaxation takes place (≈10 ps) followed by decay (≈390 ps) to the corresponding ground state.
KW  - time resolved spectroscopy
KW  - ground states
KW  - fluorescence spectra
KW  - absorption spectra
KW  - ultraviolet light
KW  - hydrogen bonding
KW  - excited states
KW  - reaction mechanisms
KW  - fluorescence
KW  - solvents
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-181301
VL  - 3
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Verma, Nidhi
A1  - Rai, Amit Kumar
A1  - Kaushik, Vibha
A1  - Brünnert, Daniela
A1  - Chahar, Kirti Raj
A1  - Pandey, Janmejay
A1  - Goyal, Pankaj
T1  - Identification of gefitinib off-targets using a structure-based systems biology approach; their validation with reverse docking and retrospective data mining
JF  - Scientific Reports
N2  - Gefitinib, an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, is used as FDA approved drug in breast cancer and non-small cell lung cancer treatment. However, this drug has certain side effects and complications for which the underlying molecular mechanisms are not well understood. By systems biology based in silico analysis, we identified off-targets of gefitinib that might explain side effects of this drugs. The crystal structure of EGFR-gefitinib complex was used for binding pocket similarity searches on a druggable proteome database (Sc-PDB) by using IsoMIF Finder. The top 128 hits of putative off-targets were validated by reverse docking approach. The results showed that identified off-targets have efficient binding with gefitinib. The identified human specific off-targets were confirmed and further analyzed for their links with biological process and clinical disease pathways using retrospective studies and literature mining, respectively. Noticeably, many of the identified off-targets in this study were reported in previous high-throughput screenings. Interestingly, the present study reveals that gefitinib may have positive effects in reducing brain and bone metastasis, and may be useful in defining novel gefitinib based treatment regime. We propose that a system wide approach could be useful during new drug development and to minimize side effect of the prospective drug.
KW  - gefitinib
KW  - side effects
KW  - drug
KW  - off-targets
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167621
VL  - 6
IS  - 33949
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vendelova, Emilia
A1  - de Lima, Jeferson Camargo
A1  - Lorenzatto, Karina Rodrigues
A1  - Monteiro, Karina Mariante
A1  - Mueller, Thomas
A1  - Veepaschit, Jyotishman
A1  - Grimm, Clemens
A1  - Brehm, Klaus
A1  - Hrčková, Gabriela
A1  - Lutz, Manfred B.
A1  - Ferreira, Henrique B.
A1  - Nono, Justin Komguep
T1  - Proteomic Analysis of Excretory-Secretory Products of Mesocestoides corti Metacestodes Reveals Potential Suppressors of Dendritic Cell Functions
JF  - PLoS Neglected Tropical Diseases
N2  - Accumulating evidences have assigned a central role to parasite-derived proteins in immunomodulation. Here, we report on the proteomic identification and characterization of immunomodulatory excretory-secretory (ES) products from the metacestode larva (tetrathyridium) of the tapeworm Mesocestoides corti (syn. M. vogae). We demonstrate that ES products but not larval homogenates inhibit the stimuli-driven release of the pro-inflammatory, Th1-inducing cytokine IL-12p70 by murine bone marrow-derived dendritic cells (BMDCs). Within the ES fraction, we biochemically narrowed down the immunosuppressive activity to glycoproteins since active components were lipid-free, but sensitive to heat- and carbohydrate-treatment. Finally, using bioassay-guided chromatographic analyses assisted by comparative proteomics of active and inactive fractions of the ES products, we defined a comprehensive list of candidate proteins released by M. corti tetrathyridia as potential suppressors of DC functions. Our study provides a comprehensive library of somatic and ES products and highlight some candidate parasite factors that might drive the subversion of DC functions to facilitate the persistence of M. corti tetrathyridia in their hosts.
KW  - proteomic analysis
KW  - excretory-secretory
KW  - Mesocestoides corti
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166742
VL  - 10
IS  - 10
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vaze, Koustubh M.
A1  - Helfrich-Förster, Charlotte
T1  - Drosophila ezoana uses an hour-glass or highly damped circadian clock for measuring night length and inducing diapause
JF  - Physiological Entomology
N2  - Insects inhabiting the temperate zones measure seasonal changes in day or night length to enter the overwintering diapause. Diapause induction occurs after the duration of the night exceeds a critical night length (CNL). Our understanding of the time measurement mechanisms is continuously evolving subsequent to Bünning’s proposal that circadian systems play the clock role in photoperiodic time measurement (Bünning, 1936). Initially, the photoperiodic clocks were considered to be either based on circadian oscillators or on simple hour-glasses, depending on ‘positive’ or ‘negative’ responses in Nanda–Hamner and Bünsow experiments (Nanda & Hammer, 1958; Bünsow, 1960).
However, there are also species whose responses can be regarded as neither ‘positive’, nor as ‘negative’, such as the Northern Drosophila species Drosophila ezoana, which is investigated in the present study. In addition, modelling efforts show that the ‘positive’ and ‘negative’ Nanda–Hamner responses can also be provoked by circadian oscillators that are damped to different degrees: animals with highly sustained circadian clocks will respond ‘positive’ and those with heavily damped circadian clocks will respond ‘negative’. In the present study, an experimental assay is proposed that characterizes the photoperiodic oscillators by determining the effects of non-24-h light/dark cycles (T-cycles) on critical night length. It is predicted that there is (i) a change in the critical night length as a function of T-cycle period in sustained-oscillator-based clocks and (ii) a fxed night-length measurement (i.e. no change in critical night length) in damped-oscillator-based clocks. Drosophila ezoana flies show a critical night length of approximately 7 h irrespective of T-cycle period, suggesting a damped-oscillator-based photoperiodic clock. The conclusion is strengthened by activity recordings revealing that the activity rhythm of D. ezoana flies also dampens in constant darkness.
KW  - photoperiodic time mesurement
KW  - wyeomyia smithii
KW  - protophormia terraenovae
KW  - immunoreactive neurons
KW  - geographical variation
KW  - reproductive diapause
KW  - rhythmic components
KW  - locomotor activity
KW  - circadian clock
KW  - damped-oscillator-model of photoperiodic clock
KW  - diapause
KW  - Drosophila
KW  - hour-glass
KW  - pitcher-plant mosquito
KW  - bug riptortus-pedestris
KW  - Nanda-Hamner
KW  - photoperiodism
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-204278
VL  - 41
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Vasquez Ospina, Juan Jose
T1  - Development of tools for the study of gene regulation in Trypanosoma brucei
T1  - Entwicklung neuer Methoden zur Untersuchung der Genregulation in Trypanosoma brucei
N2  - The protozoan parasite Trypanosoma brucei is the causal agent of sleeping sickness and besides its epidemiological importance it has been used as model organism for the study of many aspects of cellular and molecular biology especially the post-transcriptional control of gene expression. 
Several studies in the last 30 years have shown the importance of mRNA processing and stability for gene regulation. In T. brucei genes are unusually arranged in polycistronic transcription units (PTUs) and a coupled process of trans-splicing and polyadenylation produces the mature mRNAs. Both processes, mRNA processing and stability, cannot completely explain the control of gene expression in the different life cycle stages analyzed in T. brucei so far. 
In recent years, the relevance of expression regulation at the level of translation has become evident in other eukaryotes. Therefore, in the first part of my thesis I studied the impact of translational regulation by means of a genome-wide ribosome profiling approach. My data suggest that translational efficiencies vary between life cycle stages of the parasite as well as between genes within one life cycle stage. Furthermore, using ribosome profiling I was able to identify many new putative un-annotated coding sequences and to evaluate the coding potential of upstream open reading frames (uORF). Comparing my results with previously published proteomic and RNA interference (RNAi) target sequencing (RIT-seq) datasets allowed me to validate some of the new coding sequences and to evaluate their relevance for the fitness of the parasite.
In the second part of my thesis I used the transcriptomic and translatomic profiles obtained from the ribosome profiling analysis for the identification of putative non-coding RNAs (ncRNAs). These results led to the analysis of the coding potential in the regions upstream and downstream of the expressed variant surface glycoprotein (VSG), which is outlined in the third part of the results section. The region upstream of the VSG, the co-transposed region (CTR), has been implicated in an increase of the in situ switching rate upon its deletion. The ribosome profiling results indicated moderate transcription but not translation in this region. These results raised the possibility that the CTR may be transcribed into ncRNA. Therefore, in the third part of my thesis, I performed a primary characterization of the CTR-derived transcripts based on northern blotting and RACE. The results suggested the presence of a unique transcript species of about 1,200 nucleotides (nt) and polyadenylated at the 3’-end of the sequence. 
The deletion of the CTR sequence promoting and increase of the in situ switching rates was performed around 20 years ago by means of inserting reporter genes. With the recent development of endonuclease-based tools for genome editing, it is now possible to delete sequences in a marker-free way. In the fourth part of my thesis, I show the results on the implementation of the highly efficient genome-editing CRISPR-Cas9 system in T. brucei using episomes. As a proof of principle, I inserted the sequence coding for the enhanced green fluorescent protein (eGFP) at the end of the SCD6 coding sequence (CDS). Fluorescent cells were observed as early as two days after transfection. Therefore, after the successful set up of the CRISPR-Cas9 system it will be possible to modify genomic regions with more relevance for the biology of the parasite, such as the substitution of codons present in gene tandem arrays. 
The implementation of ribosome profiling in T. brucei opens the opportunity for the study of translational regulation in a genome-wide scale, the re-annotation of the currently available genome, the search for new putative coding sequences, the detection of putative ncRNAs, the evaluation of the coding potential in uORFs and the role of unstranslated regions (UTRs) in the regulation of translation. In turn, the implementation of the CRISPR-Cas9 system offers the possibility to manipulate the genome of the parasite at a nucleotide resolution and without the need of including resistant makers. The CRISPR-Cas9 system is a powerful tool for editing ncRNAs, UTRs, multicopy gene families and CDSs keeping their endogenous UTRs. Moreover, the system can be used for the modification of both alleles after just one round of transfection and of codons coding for amino acids carrying post-translational modifications (PTMs) among other possibilities. 

   	
  
N2  - Trypanosoma brucei ist nicht nur als Erreger der Schlafkrankheit von großer epidemiologischer Bedeutung,  sondern dient  auch der Zell-­‐  und Molekularbiologie – insbesondere zur Erforschung der Genregulation auf posttranskriptionaler Ebene – als wichtiger Modellorganismus.
In den vergangenen 30 Jahren konnten mehrere Forschungsarbeiten zeigen, dass mRNA-­‐Stabilität und –Prozessierung maßgeblich zur Regulation der Genexpression beitragen. Anders als in den meisten Eukaryoten sind die Gene in
T. brucei in polycistronischen Transkriptionseinheiten (PTUs) angeordnet. Die reife mRNA entsteht aus dem polycistronischen Transkript in einem gekoppelten Prozess aus Trans-­‐splicing und paralleler Polyadenylierung.
Beide Vorgänge allein, mRNA-­‐Stabilität und –Prozessierung, reichen nicht aus, um die Regulation der Genexpression in T. brucei vollständing zu erklären und zusätzliche Mechanismen müssen wirksam sein.
Daher habe ich im ersten Teil meiner hier vorliegenden Doktorarbeit die Genregulation auf Ebene der Translation mittels genomweitem Ribosome Profiling untersucht. Die dabei gewonnen Daten deuten darauf hin, dass die Translationseffizienzen nicht nur zwischen prozyklischen-­‐ und Blutstromformen des Parasiten differieren, sondern auch die Gene innerhalb eines Stadiums verschieden effizient translatiert werden. Zudem war es mir mit diesem Ansatz
 
möglich, neue, noch nicht annotierte kodierende Sequenzen zu identifizieren und das Kodierungspotenzial der jeweils vorgelagerten offenen Leseraster (ORFs) zu evaluieren. Mithilfe bereits veröffentlichter Proteom-­‐ und RNA Interferenz-­‐ Studien (RIT-­‐seq) konnte ich einige der neu identifizierten kodierenden Sequenzen validieren und deren Bedeutung für die Fitness des Parasiten bestimmen.
Im zweiten Teil der Arbeit wurden die ermittelten Translations-­‐ und Transkriptionsprofile miteinander verglichen, um auf diese Weise mögliche nicht-­‐kodierende RNAs (ncRNAs) zu identifizieren. Dies führte zu einer eingehenderen Betrachtung der Kodierungspotenziale der dem exprimierten variablen Oberflächenproteins (VSG) vor-­‐ und nachgeschalteten Regionen. In früheren Arbeiten wurde bereits beschrieben, dass eine Deletion der dem VSG vorgelagerten, sogenannten co-­‐transposed region (CTR), vermehrt zu einer Aktivierung einer alternativen VSG Expressionsseite (in situ switches) führt. Ribosome Profiling zeigte, dass eben jede Regionen zwar moderat transkribiert, jedoch nicht translatiert werden. Da diese Ergebnisse vermuten ließen, dass die CTR für eine ncRNA kodiert, hab ich im dritten Teil meiner Arbeit die CTR Transkripte mittels Northern Blot und RACE weiter charakterisiert. Auf diese Weise konnte ich spezifische, 1200 Nukleotide (nt) lange und am 3`-­‐Ende polyadenylierte Transkripte nachweisen.
Die bereits erwähnte Deletion der CTR verbunden mit einer erhöhten Rate an in situ switches wurde vor etwa 20 Jahren durch Insertion von Reportergenen durchgeführt. Heute ist es möglich mithilfe von Endonukleasen Genome ohne solche Marker zu editieren. So beschreibt der vierte Teil der Arbeit
 
die Konstruktion von Episomen zur Etablierung und Anwendung des CRISPR-­‐ Cas9 Systems in T. brucei. Als Machbarkeitsnachweis wurde die kodierende Sequenz des grün fluoreszierenden Proteins (eGFP) am Ende des SCD6 Gens als Fusionsprotein inseriert. Grün fluoreszierende Zellen konnten bereits zwei Tage nach der Transfektion nachgewiesen werden. Nachdem CRISPR-­‐Cas9 erfolgreich in T. brucei etabliert werden konnte, werde ich im Folgenden weitere relevante Regionen im Genom modifizieren und beispielsweise die Deletion zweier Histonvarianten durchführen.
Die Ribosome Profiling Studie in T. brucei erlaubt es uns, genomweit Genregulation auf Ebene der Translation zu analysieren, das uns zurzeit vorliegende Genom zu re-­‐annotieren, neue kodierende Sequenzen wie auch ncRNAs zu identifizieren und den Einfluss nicht-­‐kodierender Sequenzen auf die Translation zu untersuchen. Gleichzeitig ermöglicht die Etablierung des CRISPR-­‐ Cas9 Systems in T. brucei eine hochpräzise Manipulation des Genoms ohne den Einsatz von Resistenzmarkern. Auf diese Weise ist es möglich, Gene zu modifizieren und dabei die zugehörigen untranslatierten Bereiche (UTRs) zu erhalten, aber auch ncRNAs, UTRs und mehrfache Kopien eines Gens (gleichzeitig) zu editieren. Ebenso können einzelne Kodons in der Sequenz und somit posttranslational modifizierte Aminosäuren im Genprodukt verändert werden, was uns weitere Möglichkeiten zur Erforschung der Genregulation eröffnet.
KW  - Trypanosoma brucei
KW  - Ribosom
KW  - Posttranskriptionelle Regulation
KW  - Trypanosoma brucei
KW  - Gene expression regulation
KW  - Ribosome profiling
KW  - CRISPR Cas9
KW  - CRISPR Cas9 system
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-133996
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - van Unen, Jakobus
A1  - Stumpf, Anette D.
A1  - Schmid, Benedikt
A1  - Reinhard, Nathalie R.
A1  - Hordijk, Peter L.
A1  - Hoffmann, Carsten
A1  - Gadella, Theodorus W. J.
A1  - Goedhart, Joachim
T1  - A New Generation of FRET Sensors for Robust Measurement of Gα\(_{i1}\), Gα\(_{i2}\) and Gα\(_{i3}\) Activation Kinetics in Single Cells
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) can activate a heterotrimeric G-protein complex with subsecond kinetics. Genetically encoded biosensors based on Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) are ideally suited for the study of such fast signaling events in single living cells. Here we report on the construction and characterization of three FRET biosensors for the measurement of Gα\(_{i1}\), Gα\(_{i2}\) and Gα\(_{i3}\) activation. To enable quantitative long-term imaging of FRET biosensors with high dynamic range, fluorescent proteins with enhanced photophysical properties are required. Therefore, we use the currently brightest and most photostable CFP variant, mTurquoise2, as donor fused to Gα\(_{i}\) subunit, and cp173Venus fused to the Gγ\(_{2}\) subunit as acceptor. The Gα\(_{i}\) FRET biosensors constructs are expressed together with Gβ\(_{1}\) from a single plasmid, providing preferred relative expression levels with reduced variation in mammalian cells. The Gα\(_{i}\) FRET sensors showed a robust response to activation of endogenous or over-expressed alpha-2A-adrenergic receptors, which was inhibited by pertussis toxin. Moreover, we observed activation of the Gα\(_{i}\) FRET sensor in single cells upon stimulation of several GPCRs, including the LPA\(_{2}\), M\(_{3}\) and BK\(_{2}\) receptor. Furthermore, we show that the sensors are well suited to extract kinetic parameters from fast measurements in the millisecond time range. This new generation of FRET biosensors for Gα\(_{i1}\), Gα\(_{i2}\) and Gα\(_{i3}\) activation will be valuable for live-cell measurements that probe Gα\(_{i}\) activation.
KW  - FRET sensors
KW  - G-protein coupled receptors
KW  - Förster resonance energy transfer
KW  - Gα\(_{i1}\), Gα\(_{i2}\) and Gα\(_{i3}\) activation
KW  - biosensors
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167387
VL  - 11
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - van Toor, Mariëlle L.
A1  - Newman, Scott H.
A1  - Takekawa, John Y.
A1  - Wegmann, Martin
A1  - Safi, Kamran
T1  - Temporal segmentation of animal trajectories informed by habitat use
JF  - Ecosphere
N2  - Most animals live in seasonal environments and experience very different conditions throughout the year. Behavioral strategies like migration, hibernation, and a life cycle adapted to the local seasonality help to cope with fluctuations in environmental conditions. Thus, how an individual utilizes the environment depends both on the current availability of habitat and the behavioral prerequisites of the individual at that time. While the increasing availability and richness of animal movement data has facilitated the development of algorithms that classify behavior by movement geometry, changes in the environmental correlates of animal movement have so far not been exploited for a behavioral annotation. Here, we suggest a method that uses these changes in individual–environment associations to divide animal location data into segments of higher ecological coherence, which we term niche segmentation. We use time series of random forest models to evaluate the transferability of habitat use over time to cluster observational data accordingly. We show that our method is able to identify relevant changes in habitat use corresponding to both changes in the availability of habitat and how it was used using simulated data, and apply our method to a tracking data set of common teal (Anas crecca). The niche segmentation proved to be robust, and segmented habitat suitability outperformed models neglecting the temporal dynamics of habitat use. Overall, we show that it is possible to classify animal trajectories based on changes of habitat use similar to geometric segmentation algorithms. We conclude that such an environmentally informed classification of animal trajectories can provide new insights into an individuals' behavior and enables us to make sensible predictions of how suitable areas might be connected by movement in space and time.
KW  - Anas crecca
KW  - animal movement
KW  - common teal
KW  - habitat use
KW  - life history
KW  - migration
KW  - niche dynamics
KW  - random forest models
KW  - segmentation
KW  - simulation
KW  - species distribution model
KW  - transferability
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164970
VL  - 7
IS  - 10
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Van Haute, Lindsey
A1  - Dietmann, Sabine
A1  - Kremer, Laura
A1  - Hussain, Shobbir
A1  - Pearce, Sarah F.
A1  - Powell, Christopher A.
A1  - Rorbach, Joanna
A1  - Lantaff, Rebecca
A1  - Blanco, Sandra
A1  - Sauer, Sascha
A1  - Kotzaeridou, Urania
A1  - Hoffmann, Georg F.
A1  - Memari, Yasin
A1  - Kolb-Kokocinski, Anja
A1  - Durbin, Richard
A1  - Mayr, Johannes A.
A1  - Frye, Michaela
A1  - Prokisch, Holger
A1  - Minczuk, Michal
T1  - Deficient methylation and formylation of mt-tRNA(Met) wobble cytosine in a patient carrying mutations in NSUN3
JF  - Nature Communications
N2  - Epitranscriptome modifications are required for structure and function of RNA and defects in these pathways have been associated with human disease. Here we identify the RNA target for the previously uncharacterized 5-methylcytosine (m5C) methyltransferase NSun3 and link m5C RNA modifications with energy metabolism. Using whole-exome sequencing, we identified loss-of-function mutations in NSUN3 in a patient presenting with combined mitochondrial respiratory chain complex deficiency. Patient-derived fibroblasts exhibit severe defects in mitochondrial translation that can be rescued by exogenous expression of NSun3. We show that NSun3 is required for deposition of m5C at the anticodon loop in the mitochondrially encoded transfer RNA methionine (mt-tRNAMet). Further, we demonstrate that m5C deficiency in mt-tRNAMet results in the lack of 5-formylcytosine (f5C) at the same tRNA position. Our findings demonstrate that NSUN3 is necessary for efficient mitochondrial translation and reveal that f5C in human mitochondrial RNA is generated by oxidative processing of m5C.
KW  - Methylation
KW  - RNA
KW  - Transferases
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165998
VL  - 7
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - van de Kerkhof, Nora WA
A1  - Fekkes, Durk
A1  - van der Heijden, Frank MMA
A1  - Hoogendijk, Witte JG
A1  - Stöber, Gerald
A1  - Egger, Jos IM
A1  - Verhoeven, Willem MA
T1  - Cycloid psychoses in the psychosis spectrum: evidence for biochemical differences with schizophrenia
JF  - Neuropsychiatric Disease and Treatment
N2  - Cycloid psychoses (CP) differ from schizophrenia regarding symptom profile, course, and prognosis and over many decades they were thought to be a separate entity within the psychosis spectrum. As to schizophrenia, research into the pathophysiology has focused on dopamine, brain-derived neurotrophic factor, and glutamate signaling in which, concerning the latter, the N-methyl-d-aspartate receptor plays a crucial role. The present study aims to determine whether CP can biochemically be delineated from schizophrenia. Eighty patients referred for psychotic disorders were assessed with the Comprehensive Assessment of Symptoms and History, and (both at inclusion and after 6 weeks of antipsychotic treatment) with the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale and Clinical Global Impression. From 58 completers, 33 patients were diagnosed with schizophrenia and ten with CP according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, and Leonhard criteria, respectively. Fifteen patients were diagnosed with other disorders within the psychosis spectrum. At both time points, blood levels of the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid, brain-derived neurotrophic factor, and amino acids related to glutamate neurotransmission were measured and compared with a matched control sample. Patients with CP showed a significantly better response to antipsychotic treatment as compared to patients with schizophrenia. In CP, glycine levels were elevated and tryptophan levels were lowered as compared to schizophrenia. Glutamate levels were increased in both patient groups as compared to controls. These results, showing marked differences in both treatment outcome and glutamate-related variable parameters, may point at better neuroplasticity in CP, necessitating demarcation of this subgroup within the psychosis spectrum.
KW  - cycloid psychoses
KW  - schizophrenia
KW  - glutamate
KW  - glycine
KW  - tryptophan
KW  - neuroplasticity
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166255
VL  - 12
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Vaiopoulos, Aristeidis G.
A1  - Kanakis, Meletios A.
A1  - Kapsimali, Violetta
A1  - Vaiopoulos, Georgios
A1  - Kaklamanis, Phedon G.
A1  - Zouboulis, Christos C.
T1  - Juvenile Adamantiades-Behçet disease
JF  - Dermatology
N2  - Adamantiades-Behçet disease (ABD) is a chronic, multisystemic, recurrent, inflammatory vascular disorder of unknown etiology. Patients with symptoms initially appearing at the age of 16 or less are considered as cases of juvenile-onset ABD (JABD). JABD is relatively rare compared to ABD of adults, and only case reports and case studies have been published regarding this subtype of the disease. Epidemiology, clinical features, diagnosis and treatment of JABD are discussed in this review.
KW  - Aphthae
KW  - Childhood
KW  - Epidemiological study
KW  - Genitoanal region
KW  - Adamantiades-Behçet disease
KW  - Behçet’s disease
KW  - Uveitis
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-196616
SN  - 1018-8665
SN  - 1421-9832
N1  - This publication is with permission of the rights owner freely accessible due to an Alliance licence and a national licence (funded by the DFG, German Research Foundation) respectively.
VL  - 232
IS  - 2
SP  - 129
EP  - 136
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Vaegler, Sven
T1  - Entwicklung eines neuen vorwissensbasierten Bildrekonstruktionsalgorithmus für die Cone-Beam-CT Bildgebung in der Strahlentherapie
T1  - Development of a new prior knowledge based image reconstruction algorithm for the cone-beam-CT in radiation therapy
N2  - In der heutigen Strahlentherapie kann durch eine am Linearbeschleuniger integrierte
Röntgenröhre eine 3D-Bildgebung vor der Bestrahlung durchgeführt werden. Die
sogenannte Kegel-Strahl-CT (Cone-Beam-CT, CBCT) erlaubt eine präzise Verifikation
der Patientenlagerung sowie ein Ausgleich von Lagerungsungenauigkeiten. Dem
Nutzen der verbesserten Patientenlagerung steht jedoch bei täglicher Anwendung eine
erhöhte, nicht zu vernachlässigbare Strahlenexposition des Patienten gegenüber. Eine
Verringerung des Dosisbeitrages bei der CBCT-Bildgebung lässt sich durch
Reduzierung des Stroms zur Erzeugung der Röntgenstrahlung sowie durch
Verringerung der Anzahl an Projektionen erreichen. Die so aufgenommen Projektionen
lassen sich dann aber nur durch aufwendige Rekonstruktionsverfahren zu qualitativ
hochwertigen Bilddatensätzen rekonstruieren. Ein Verfahren, dass für die
Rekonstruktion vorab vorhandene Vorwissensbilder verwendet, ist der Prior-Image-
Constrained-Compressed-Sensing-Rekonstruktionsalgorithmus (PICCS). Die Rekonstruktionsergebnisse
des PICCS-Verfahrens übertreffen die Ergebnisse des auf den
konventionellen Feldkamp-Davis-Kress-Algorithmus (FDK) basierenden Verfahrens,
wenn nur eine geringe Anzahl an Projektionen zur Verfügung steht. Allerdings können
bei dem PICCS-Verfahren derzeit keine großen Variationen in den Vorwissensbildern
berücksichtigt werden und führen zu einer geringeren Bildqualität. Diese Variationen
treten insbesondere durch anatomische Veränderungen wie Tumorverkleinerung oder
Gewichtsveränderungen auf. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit bestand folglich darin,
einen neuen vorwissensbasierten Rekonstruktionsalgorithmus zu entwickeln, der auf
Basis des PICCS-Verfahrens zusätzlich die Verwendung von lokalen
Verlässlichkeitsinformationen über das Vorwissensbild ermöglicht, um damit die
Variationen in den Vorwissensbildern bei der Rekonstruktion entsprechend
berücksichtigen zu können.
Die grundlegende Idee des neu entwickelten Rekonstruktionsverfahrens ist die
Annahme, dass die Vorwissensbilder aus Bereichen mit kleinen und großen Variationen
bestehen. Darauf aufbauend wird eine Gewichtungsmatrix erzeugt, die die Stärke der
Variationen des Vorwissens im Rekonstruktionsalgorithmus berücksichtigt. In
Machbarkeitsstudien wurde das neue Verfahren hinsichtlich der Verbesserung der Bildqualität unter Berücksichtigung gängiger Dosisreduzierungsstrategien untersucht.
Dazu zählten die Reduktion der Anzahl der Projektionen, die Akquisition von
Projektionen mit kleinerer Fluenz sowie die Verkleinerung des Akquisitionsbereiches.
Die Studien erfolgten an einem Computerphantom sowie insbesondere an
experimentellen Daten, die mit dem klinischen CBCT aufgenommen worden sind. Zum
Vergleich erfolgte die Rekonstruktion mit dem Standardverfahren basierend auf der
gefilterten Rückprojektion, dem Compressed Sensing- sowie dem konventionellen
PICCS-Verfahren.
Das neue Verfahren konnte in den untersuchten Fällen Bilddatensätze mit verbesserter
bis ausgezeichneter Qualität rekonstruieren, sogar dann, wenn nur eine sehr geringe
Anzahl an Projektionen oder nur Projektionen mit starkem Rauschen zur Verfügung
standen. Demgegenüber wiesen die Rekonstruktionsergebnisse der anderen
Algorithmen starke Artefakte auf. Damit eröffnet das neu entwickelte Verfahren die
Möglichkeit durch die Integration von Zuverlässigkeitsinformationen über die
vorhandenen Vorwissensbildern in den Rekonstruktionsalgorithmus, den Dosisbeitrag
bei der täglichen CBCT-Bildgebung zu minimieren und eine ausgezeichnete
Bildqualität erzielen zu können.
N2  - The treatment of cancer in radiation therapy is achievable today by techniques that
enable highly conformal dose distributions and steep dose gradients. In order to avoid
mistreatment, these irradiation techniques have necessitated enhanced patient
localization techniques. With an integrated x-ray tube at modern linear accelerators kV-projections can be acquired over a sufficiently large angular space and can be
reconstructed to a volumetric image data set from the current situation of the patient
prior to irradiation. The so-called Cone-Beam-CT (CBCT) allows a precise verification
of patient positioning as well as adaptive radiotherapy. The benefits of an improved
patient positioning due to a daily performed CBCT's is contrary to an increased and not
negligible radiation exposure of the patient. In order to decrease the radiation exposure,
substantial research effort is focused on various dose reduction strategies. Prominent
strategies are the decrease of the charge per projection, the reduction of the number of
projections as well as the reduction of the acquisition space. Unfortunately, these
acquisition schemes lead to images with degraded quality with the widely used
Feldkamp-Davis-Kress image reconstruction algorithm. More sophisticated image
reconstruction techniques can deal with these dose-reduction strategies without
degrading the image quality. A frequently investigated method is the image
reconstruction by minimizing the total variation (TV), which is also known as
Compressed Sensing (CS). A Compressed Sensing-based reconstruction framework that
includes prior images into the reconstruction algorithm is the Prior-Image-Constrained-
Compressed-Sensing algorithm (PICCS). The images reconstructed by PICCS
outperform the reconstruction results of the conventional Feldkamp-Davis-Kress
algorithm (FDK) based method if only a small number of projections are available.
However, a drawback of PICCS is that major deviations between prior image data sets
and the follow up reconstructed images are not appropriate considered so far. These
deviations may result from changes in anatomy including tumour shrinkage and loss of
weight and may result in a degraded image quality of the reconstructed images.
Deformable registration methods that adapt the prior images adequately can compensate
this shortcoming of PICCS. Such registration techniques, however, suffer from limited
accurateness and much higher computation time for the overall reconstruction process.
Therefore, the aim of this thesis was to develop a new knowledge-based reconstruction algorithm that incorporates additionally local dependent reliability information about
the prior images into reconstruction algorithm.
The basic idea of the new algorithm is the assumption that the prior images are
composed of areas with large and of areas with small deviations. Accordingly, the areas
of the prior image were assigned as variable where substantial deformations due to
motion or change in structure over the time series were expected. Hence, these regions
were not providing valuable structural information for the anticipated result anymore. In
contrast, “a priori” information was assigned to structurally stationary areas where no
changes were expected. Based on this composition, a weighting matrix was generated
that considers the strength of these variations during reconstruction.
The new algorithm was tested in different feasibility studies to common dose reduction
strategies. These dose reduction strategies includes the reduction of the number of
projections, the acquisition of projections with strong noise and the reduction of the
acquisition space. The main aim of this work was to demonstrate the gain of image
quality when prior images with major variations are used compared to standard
reconstruction techniques. The studies were performed with a computer phantom, and in
particular with experimental data that have been acquired with the clinical CBCT.
The new reconstruction framework yields images with substantially improved quality
even when only a very small number of projections or projections with high noise were
available. These images contained less streaking, blurring and inaccurately
reconstructed structures compared to the images reconstructed by FDK, CS and
conventional PICCS. In conclusion, the new developed reconstruction framework
indicate the potential to lowering the radiation dose to the patient due to daily CBCT
imaging while maintaining good image quality.
KW  - Strahlentherapie
KW  - Computertomografie
KW  - Bildrekonstruktion
KW  - Compressed Sensing
KW  - Cone Beam CT
KW  - Prior Knowledge
KW  - PICCS
KW  - Komprimierte Abtastung
KW  - Vorwissen
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-137445
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Unsleber, Sebastian Philipp
T1  - Festkörperbasierte Einzelphotonenquellen als Grundbausteine der Quanteninformationstechnologie
T1  - Solid-state single photon sources as building blocks for the quantum information technology
N2  - Die vorliegende Arbeit hatte das Ziel basierend auf Halbleiternanostrukturen eine effiziente und skalierbare Quelle einzelner und ununterscheidbarer Photonen zu entwickeln. Dies ist eine Basiskomponente von zukünftigen quantenphysikalischen Anwendungen wie der Quantenkommunikation oder dem Quantencomputer. Diese Konzepte nutzen gezielt quantenmechanische Systeme um einerseits Kommunikation absolut abhörsicher zu machen oder um neuartige Computer zu konstruieren, die bestimmte Aufgaben - wie die Produktzerlegung großer Zahlen - effizienter lösen als heutige Systeme. Ein mögliche Realisierung der Quantenkommunikation ist beispielsweise die Schlüsselverteilung zwischen zwei Parteien durch Verwendung des BB84-Protokolls. Dazu wird eine Lichtquelle benötigt, welche die physikalisch kleinstmögliche Lichtmenge - ein einzelnes Photon - aussendet. Der Kommunikationskanal wird dann über verschiedene Polarisationszustände dieser Photonen gegen ein Abhören nach außen hin abgesichert. Da die maximale Kommunikationsdistanz aufgrund von Verlusten im Quantenkanal beschränkt ist, muss das Signal für größere Distanzen mit Hilfe eines sog. Quantenrepeaters aufbereitet werden. Ein solcher kann ebenfalls unter Verwendung von Einzelphotonenquellen realisiert werden. Das Konzept des Quantenverstärkers stellt aber die zusätzliche Anforderung an die Einzelphotonenquelle, dass die ausgesendeten Lichtteilchen in der Summe ihrer Eigenschaften wie Energie und Polarisation immer gleich und somit ununterscheidbar sein müssen. 

Auf Basis solcher ununterscheidbarer Photonen gibt es zudem mit dem linear optischen Quantenrechner auch mögliche theoretische Ansätze zur Realisierung eines Quantencomputers. Dabei kann über die Quanteninterferenz von ununterscheidbaren Photonen an optischen Bauteilen wie Strahlteilern ein Quanten-NOT-Gatter zur Berechnung spezieller Algorithmen realisiert werden.

Als vielversprechende Kandidaten für eine solche Lichtquelle einzelner Photonen haben sich in den letzten Jahren Halbleiter-Quantenpunkte herauskristallisiert. Dank des festkörperbasierten Ansatzes können diese Strukturen in komplexe photonische Umgebungen zur Erhöhung der Photonen-Extraktionseffizienz und -Emissionsrate eingebettet werden. Ziel dieser Arbeit war somit eine effiziente Quelle einzelner ununterscheidbarer Photonen zu realisieren. Im Hinblick auf die spätere Anwendbarkeit wurde der Fokus zudem auf die skalierbare bzw. deterministische Fabrikation der Quantenpunkt-Strukturen gelegt und zwei technologische Ansätze - die kryogene in-situ-Lithographie und das positionierte Wachstum von Quantenpunkten - untersucht. 

Im ersten experimentellen Kapitel dieser Arbeit wird ein neuartiges Materialsystem  vorgestellt, welches sich zur Generation einzelner Photonen eignet. Es können spektral scharfe Emissionslinien mit Linienbreiten bis knapp über 50 µeV aus Al$_{0,48}$In$_{0,52}$As Volumenmaterial beobachtet werden, wenn diese Schicht auf InP(111) Substraten abgeschieden wird. In Querschnitt-Rastertunnelmikroskopie-Messungen wurden ca. 16 nm große Cluster, welche eine um ungefähr 7 % höhere Indiumkonzentration im Vergleich zur nominellen Zusammensetzung des Volumenmaterials besitzen, gefunden. Über die Simulation dieser Strukturen konnten diese als Quelle der spektral scharfen Emissionslinien identifiziert werden. Zudem wurde mittels Auto- und Kreuzkorrelationsmessungen nachgewiesen, dass diese Nanocluster einzelne Photonen emittieren und verschieden geladene exzitonische und biexzitonische Ladungsträgerkomplexe binden können.

Anschließend wurde der Fokus auf InGaAs-Quantenpunkte gelegt und zunächst im Rahmen einer experimentellen und theoretischen Gemeinschaftsarbeit die Kohärenzeigenschaften eines gekoppelten Quantenpunkt-Mikrokavität-Systems untersucht. Über temperaturabhängige Zwei-Photonen Interferenz Messungen und dem Vergleich mit einem mikroskopischen Modell des Systems konnten gezielt die Bestandteile der Quantenpunkt-Dephasierung extrahiert werden. Auf diesen Ergebnissen aufbauend wurde die gepulste, strikt resonante Anregung von Quantenpunkten als experimentelle Schlüsseltechnik etabliert. Damit konnten bei tiefen Temperaturen nahezu vollständig ununterscheidbare Photonen durch eine Zwei-Photonen Interferenz Visibilität von über 98 % nachgewiesen werden.

Für ein skalierbares und deterministisches Quantenpunkt-Bauelement ist entweder die Kontrolle über die Position an welcher der Quantenpunkt gewachsen wird nötig, oder die Position an der eine Mikrokavität geätzt wird muss auf die Position eines selbstorganisiert gewachsenen Quantenpunktes abgestimmt werden. Im weiteren Verlauf werden Untersuchungen an beiden technologischen Ansätzen durchgeführt.
Zunächst wurde der Fokus auf positionierte Quantenpunkte gelegt. Mittels in das Substrat geätzter Nanolöcher wird der Ort der Quantenpunkt-Nukleation festgelegt. Durch die geätzten Grenzflächen in Quantenpunkt-Nähe entstehen jedoch auch Defektzustände, die negativen Einfluss auf die Kohärenz der Quantenpunkt-Emission nehmen. Deshalb wurde an diesem Typus von Quantenpunkten die strikt resonante Anregung etabliert und zum ersten Mal die kohärente Kopplung des Exzitons an ein resonantes Lichtfeld demonstriert. Zudem konnte die deterministische Kontrolle der Exzitonbesetzung über den Nachweis einer Rabi-Oszillation gezeigt werden.

Abschließend wird das Konzept der kryogenen in-situ-Lithographie vorgestellt. Diese erlaubt die laterale Ausrichtung der Mikrokavität an die Position eines selbstorganisiert gewachsenen Quantenpunktes. Damit konnte gezielt die Emission eines zuvor ausgewählten, spektral schmalen Quantenpunktes mit nahezu 75 % Gesamteffizienz eingesammelt werden. Die Ununterscheidbarkeit der Quantenpunkt-Photonen war dabei mit einer Zwei-Photonen Interferenz Visibilität von bis zu $\nu=(88\pm3)~\%$ sehr hoch. Damit wurde im Rahmen dieser Arbeit eine Einzelphotonenquelle realisiert, aus der sich sehr effizient kohärente Photonen auskoppeln lassen, was einen wichtigen Schritt hin zur deterministischen Fabrikation von Lichtquellen für quantenphysikalischen Anwendungen darstellt.
N2  - The aim of this thesis was to develop an efficient and scalable source of single and indistinguishable photons. This is a fundamental element of future quantum physical applications like quantum communication or quantum networks. These concepts use quantum mechanical systems to either establish absolute secure communication or to construct new computers, whose calculating capacity for specialized algorithms - like integer factorization - is far beyond today's systems.
One possible realization of quantum communication is the key distribution between two parties via using the BB84-protocol. This scheme needs a lights source that emits the physical smallest amount of light - a single photon. The communication channel between transmitter and receiver is then secured against eavesdropping by different polarisation states of these photons. The non-avoidable loses in the quantum channel limit the maximum possible communication distance, which is why the signal has to be amplified with a so called quantum repeater after a certain distance. Such a repeater can also be realized with a single photon source. In addition to the BB84-protocol, for realizing the concept of a quantum repeater the photons have to share all their properties like energy and polarization, i. e. they need to be indistinguishable.

Over the past years, semiconductor quantum dots have been identified as a promising candidate for such a light source. Due to the solid state scheme, these structures can be implemented into complex photonic architectures to increase the outcoupling efficiency  and the emission rate of single photons. The main goal of the following work was therefore the realization of an efficient source of single and indistinguishable photons. Keeping future applications in mind, the additional focus of this work was lying on the scalable and deterministic fabrication of these quantum dot structures and two technological approaches - the cryogenic in-situ-lithography and the positioned growth of quantum dots - were investigated.

In the first part of this thesis, a novel material system, which serves as a source of single photons is presented.
Spectrally sharp emission features with a linewidth down to 50 µeV from bulk Al$_{0,48}$In$_{0,52}$As grown on InP(111) substrates were observed.
Via cross-section scanning tunneling microscopy measurements, nanoclusters with a diameter of approximately 16 nm and a 7 % increased indium concentration compared to the nominal composition, were found. Additional simulations of these complexes identify these nanoclusters as sources of the spectrally sharp emissions lines.
Furthermore, single photon emission as well as the formation of multi excitonic charge complexes within these clusters via auto- and crosscorrelation measurements is confirmed.

Afterwards, the work focusses on InGaAs-quantum dots and, as a first step, the coherence properties of a coupled quantum dot microcavity system are investigated within a joint theoretical and experimental work. Via temperature dependent two-photon interference measurements the single dephasing mechanisms of this system are extracted via modelling the results with a microscopic theory. Based on this results, the strict resonant excitation of quantum dots was established as a experimental key technique and quantum dot photons with a two-photon interference visibility above 98 % were generated at low temperatures.

For scalable and deterministic quantum dot devices, one either needs to control the growth spot of a quantum dot or the position of an etched microcavity has to be aligned to the position of a self-organized quantum dot. In the subsequent parts if this work, studies on both technological approaches are presented. First, spectroscopic experiments on site controlled quantum dots were carried out. Via etched nanoholes, the nucleation spot of the quantum dot is defined. These etched surfaces may lead to defect states, which decrease the coherence of the quantum dot emission. In order to avoid these detrimental influence, the strict resonant excitation of such site controlled quantum dots is established and the coherent coupling of the site controlled quantum dot exciton to the resonant laser field is observed. In addition, deterministic control of the site controlled quantum dot population is achieved, which is verified via the observation of the first Rabi-oscillation.

Finally, the so-called in-situ-lithography is presented, which allows for the lateral alignment of a self-organized quantum dot and the fundamental mode of a micropillar. Using this technique, an overall collection efficiency of single photons from a pre-selected quantum dot with a small linewidth of almost 75 % is shown. The coherence of this quantum dot was notably, which is demonstrated by a two-photon interference visibility as high as $\nu=(88\pm3)~\%$. In summary, an efficient source of single and indistinguishable photons was realized in this thesis, which is an important step towards the fabrication of deterministic quantum dot devices for quantum mechanical applications.
KW  - Quantenpunkt
KW  - Einzelphotonenemission
KW  - Quantenkommunikation
KW  - Einzelphotonenquelle
KW  - Mikrosäulenresonator
KW  - Nichtunterscheidbarkeit
KW  - Verteilte Bragg-Reflexion
KW  - Optischer Resonator
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147322
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Ulrich, Natalie
T1  - Processing of Near Outcomes and Outcome Sequences in Gambling: Implications for the Biopsychological Basis of Problem Gambling
T1  - Verarbeitung von knappen Ergebnissen und Ergebnissequenzen im Glücksspiel : Implikationen für die biopsychologische Basis von problematischem Glücksspielverhalten
N2  - Gambling is a popular activity in Germany, with 40% of a representative sample reporting having gambled at least once in the past year (Bundeszentrale für gesundheitliche Aufklärung, 2014). While the majority of gamblers show harmless gambling behavior, a subset develops serious problems due to their gambling, affecting their psychological well-being, social life and work. According to recent estimates, up to 0.8% of the German population are affected by such pathological gambling. People in general and pathological gamblers in particular show several cognitive distortions, that is, misconceptions about the chances of winning and skill involvement, in gambling. The current work aimed at elucidating the biopsychological basis of two such kinds of cognitive distortions, the illusion of control and the gambler’s and hot hand fallacies, and their modulation by gambling problems. Therefore, four studies were conducted assessing the processing of near outcomes (used as a proxy for the illusion of control) and outcome sequences (used as a proxy for the gambler’s and hot hand fallacies) in samples of varying degrees of gambling problems, using a multimethod approach. 
The first study analyzed the processing and evaluation of near outcomes as well as choice behavior in a wheel of fortune paradigm using electroencephalography (EEG). To assess the influence of gambling problems, a group of problem gamblers was compared to a group of controls. The results showed that there were no differences in the processing of near outcomes between the two groups. Near compared to full outcomes elicited smaller P300 amplitudes. Furthermore, at a trend level, the choice behavior of participants showed signs of a pattern opposite to the gambler’s fallacy, with longer runs of an outcome color leading to increased probabilities of choosing this color again on the subsequent trial. Finally, problem gamblers showed smaller feedback-related negativity (FRN) amplitudes relative to controls.
The second study also targeted the processing of near outcomes in a wheel of fortune paradigm, this time using functional magnetic resonance imaging and a group of participants with varying degrees of gambling problems. The results showed increased activity in the bilateral superior parietal cortex following near compared to full outcomes. 
The third study examined the peripheral physiology reactions to near outcomes in the wheel of fortune. Heart period and skin conductance were measured while participants with varying degrees of gambling problems played on the wheel of fortune. Near compared to full outcomes led to increased heart period duration shortly after the outcome. Furthermore, heart period reactions and skin conductance responses (SCRs) were modulated by gambling problems. Participants with high relative to low levels of gambling problems showed increased SCRs to near outcomes and similar heart period reactions to near outcomes and full wins.
The fourth study analyzed choice behavior and sequence effects in the processing of outcomes in a coin toss paradigm using EEG in a group of problem gamblers and controls. Again, problem gamblers showed generally smaller FRN amplitudes compared to controls. There were no differences between groups in the processing of outcome sequences. The break of an outcome streak led to increased power in the theta frequency band. Furthermore, the P300 amplitude was increased after a sequence of previous wins. Finally, problem gamblers compared to controls showed a trend of switching the outcome symbol relative to the previous outcome symbol more often.
In sum, the results point towards differences in the processing of near compared to full outcomes in brain areas and measures implicated in attentional and salience processes. The processing of outcome sequences involves processes of salience attribution and violation of expectations. Furthermore, problem gamblers seem to process near outcomes as more win-like compared to controls. The results and their implications for problem gambling as well as further possible lines of research are discussed.
N2  - Glücksspiel ist eine verbreitete Aktivität in Deutschland. 40% einer repräsentativen Stichprobe gaben an mindestens einmal im vergangenen Jahr um Geld gespielt zu haben (Bundeszentrale für gesundheitliche Aufklärung, 2014). Während die Mehrheit der Glücksspieler unbedenkliches Spielverhalten zeigt, entwickelt ein Teil der Spieler ernsthafte Probleme durch das Spielen, die das psychische Wohlergehen, sowie das soziale und Arbeitsleben beeinträchtigen. Nach aktuellen Schätzungen sind bis zu 0,8% der deutschen Bevölkerung von solch pathologischem Glücksspielen betroffen. Generell zeigen Menschen verschiedene kognitive Verzerrungen im Sinne falscher Einschätzungen der Gewinnwahrscheinlichkeit und der Beteiligung von Fähigkeiten in Bezug auf Glücksspiel. Dies trifft insbesondere für pathologische Glücksspieler zu. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Untersuchung der biopsychologischen Grundlagen zweier solcher kognitiver Verzerrungen, der Kontrollillusion sowie der Gambler’s Fallacy (bisweilen auch Spielerfehlschluss genannt) und Hot-Hand-Phänomene, sowie deren Modulation durch Glücksspielprobleme. Zu diesem Zweck wurden vier Studien  durchgeführt, die die Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse (stellvertretend für die Kontrollillusion) und Ergebnissequenzen (stellvertretend für die Phänomene der Gambler’s Fallacy und Hot Hand) untersuchten. Dazu wurden Stichproben mit unterschiedlichem Schweregrad der Glücksspielproblematik sowie ein Multi-Methoden Ansatz verwendet. 
Die erste Studie untersuchte die Verarbeitung und Bewertung knapper Ergebnisse sowie das Wahlverhalten in einem Glücksrad Paradigma mittels Elektroenzephalographie (EEG). Um den Einfluss der Glücksspielproblematik zu erfassen, wurde eine Gruppe von Problemspielern mit einer Kontrollgruppe verglichen. Es zeigten sich keine Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse zwischen den beiden Gruppen. Im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen führten knappe Ergebnisse zu kleineren Amplituden in der P300. Des Weiteren zeigte sich auf Trendniveau im Wahlverhalten der Probanden Anzeichen für ein der Gambler’s Fallacy entgegengesetztes Muster. Längere Sequenzen einer Ergebnisfarbe führten zu einer höheren Wahrscheinlichkeit diese Farbe im folgenden Durchgang erneut zu wählen. Schließlich zeigten Problemspieler relativ zur Kontrollgruppe kleinere Amplituden in der Feedbacknegativierung (FRN).
Die zweite Studie zielte ebenfalls auf die Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse im Glücksrad Paradigma ab, allerdings unter Verwendung funktioneller Magnetresonanztomographie sowie einer Probandengruppe mit variierendem Ausmaß der Glücksspielproblematik. Es zeigte sich eine verstärkte Aktivierung im bilateralen superioren parietalen Cortex nach knappen im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen. 
Die dritte Studie untersuchte peripherphysiologische Reaktionen auf knappe Ergebnisse im Glücksrad. Hierzu wurden Herzperiode und Hautleitfähigkeit erfasst während eine Probandengruppe mit unterschiedlichem Ausmaß an Glücksspielproblemen am Glücksrad spielte. Knappe Ergebnisse führten im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen zu verlängerten Herzperioden kurz nach dem Ergebnis. Des Weiteren wurden die Herzperiodenreaktion und Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktion durch Glücksspielprobleme moduliert. Probanden mit einem hohem im Vergleich zu einem niedrigen Ausmaß an Glücksspielproblemen zeigten gesteigerte Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktionen auf knappe im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen, sowie ähnliche Herzperiodenreaktionen auf knappe Ergebnisse und volle Gewinne. 
Die vierte Studie untersuchte das Wahlverhalten sowie Einflüsse vorheriger Sequenzen auf die Verarbeitung von Ergebnissen in einem Münzwurf Paradigma. Hierzu wurde ein EEG bei einer Gruppe von Problemspielern und Kontrollprobanden abgeleitet. Problemspieler zeigten wiederum generell kleinere FRN Amplituden als Kontrollen. Es zeigten sich keine Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung der Ergebnissequenzen zwischen den Gruppen. Die Unterbrechung einer Sequenz gleicher Ergebnisse führte zu verstärkter Power im Theta Frequenzband. Zusätzlich war die Amplitude der P300 nach zwei vorangegangenen Gewinnen erhöht. Schließlich zeigten Problemspieler im Vergleich zu Kontrollen die Tendenz das gewählte Symbol relativ zum vorangegangenen Ergebnissymbol häufiger zu wechseln.
Zusammenfassend deuten die Ergebnisse auf Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung knapper und voller Ergebnisse hin, die vor allem Gehirnareale und Prozesse umfassen, die mit Aufmerksamkeit und Salienz assoziiert sind. Die Verarbeitung von Ergebnissequenzen umfasst Prozesse der Salienzzuschreibung und Erwartungsverletzung. Außerdem scheinen Problemspieler im Vergleich zu Kontrollen knappe Ergebnisse als gewinnähnlicher zu verarbeiten. Die Ergebnisse und deren Implikationen für problematisches Glücksspielverhalten sowie weitere mögliche Forschungsfragen werden diskutiert.
KW  - Spielsucht
KW  - Psychobiologie
KW  - Near Miss
KW  - Problem Gambling
KW  - Heart Period
KW  - EEG
KW  - fMRI
KW  - Gambler's Fallacy
KW  - Hot Hand Fallacy
KW  - Cognitive Distortions
KW  - Glücksspiel
KW  - Electroencephalographie
KW  - Funktionelle Kernspintomografie
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-139612
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Ullrich, Stefan
T1  - Synthese und Reaktivität NHC-stabilisierter Diborene
T1  - Synthesis and reactivity of NHC-stabilized diborenes
N2  - In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde der Fokus auf die Synthese neuer Diborene mit unterschiedlichem Substitutionsmuster gerichtet. Ein Ziel bestand darin, die Gruppe der heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborene, die sich bisher aus den literaturbekannten Thienyl-substituierten Diborenen 59 und 60 zusammensetzt, um weitere Vertreter zu bereichern. In diesem Kontext konnte das Furanyl-substituierte Diboren 85 synthetisiert und charakterisiert werden (Schema 59). Die Festkörperstruktur von 85 zeigt eine koplanare Anordnung zwischen der B=B-Doppelbindung und den Furanylsubstituenten, was als Hinweis auf eine Konjugation zwischen der B=B-Doppelbindung und den Heteroaromaten gewertet werden kann und damit Parallelen zu den Thienyl-substituierten Diborenen 59 und 60 erkennen lässt. Analog dazu weist 85 drei Banden im UV-Vis-Absorptionsspektrum auf, die anhand von quantenchemischen Rechnungen den entsprechenden elektronischen Anregungen zugeordnet werden können. Demzufolge sind die HOMOs ausschließlich an der B=B-Doppelbindung und die LUMOs an den Furanylringen, sowie den NHCs lokalisiert. Cyclovoltammetrische Messungen legen zudem den Elektronenreichtum des Furanyl-substituierten Diborens 85 offen und sprechen für dessen Eignung als starkes, neutrales nichtmetallisches Oxidationsmittel. Darüber hinaus zeigen sie eine teilweise reversible Oxidation zu dem entsprechenden Monoradikalkation auf.

Zur Realisierung weiterer heteroaromatisch substituierter Diborene wurden Versuche unternommen die Pyrrolylgruppe als Substituent zu etablieren, die noch elektronenreicher verglichen zu Furanyl- und Thienylgruppen ist. Die erfolgreiche Darstellung des NHC-stabilisierten Diborens 88 konnte mittels NMR-Spektroskopie verifiziert werden, jedoch gelang die weitere Charakterisierung aufgrund der extremen Empfindlichkeit von 88 nicht (Schema 59). Der Einsatz von vergleichsweise großen NHCs wie IMes zur kinetischen Stabilisierung der B=B-Doppelbindung eines Pyrrolyl-substituierten Diborens war nicht erfolgreich.
 
Schema 59: Synthese der NHC-stabilisierten heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborene (85, 88) durch Reduktion der korrespondierenden NHC-Boran-Addukte (84, 87).
In unmittelbarer Fortführung der aussichtsreichen Arbeiten von Dr. Philipp Bissinger wurde an geeigneten Syntheserouten zu den NHC-stabilisierten Diborenen 95 und 99 mit derivatisierten Thiophensubstituenten gearbeitet. Ausgehend von den BMes2- und B(FMes)2-funktionalisierten Thiophensubstituenten konnten über mehrere Reaktionssequenzen die korrespondierenden NHC-Boran-Addukte synthetisiert und charakterisiert werden. Die Reduktion dieser NHC-Boran-Addukte erzeugt intensiv gefärbte Lösungen, deren 11B-NMR-spektroskopische Untersuchungen Hinweise auf die Generierung der Diborene 95 und 99 lieferten (Schema 60). Darüber hinaus wird die erfolgreiche Darstellung des Diborens 95 durch Röntgenstrukturanalyse an Einkristallen gestützt. 
 
Schema 60: Synthese der Diborene 95 und 99 mit derivatisierten Thiophensubstituenten.
Die Isolierung größerer Mengen der Diborene 95 und 99 in analytisch reiner Form gelang jedoch bislang nicht. UV-Vis Absorptionsspektroskopie, Cyclovoltammetrie und TD-DFT-Rechnungen offenbaren die drastische Einflussnahme der BMes2- bzw. der B(FMes)2-Gruppe auf die Eigenschaften der resultierenden Diborene 95 und 99. Vor allem die elektronenziehende B(FMes)2-Gruppe senkt die Grenzorbitale energetisch erheblich ab und verringert das HOMO-LUMO-gap signifikant. Die Hauptabsorptionsbande im UV-Vis-Absorptionsspektrum findet sich im nahinfraroten Bereich (NIR) und ist damit gegenüber jener des Thienyl-substituierten Diborens 59 stark bathochrom verschoben. Ziel anknüpfender Arbeiten der Gruppe um Braunschweig ist die Optimierung der Synthese der Diborene 95 und 99, sowie die weitere Charakterisierung der physikalischen Eigenschaften und die Erforschung der Reaktivitäten.

Ein weiteres Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Synthese von Vinyl-substituierten Diborenen. Das NHC-Boran-Addukt 102 konnte, ausgehend von 1,1-Diphenylethen, erfolgreich dargestellt werden. Die Reduktion mit KC8 erzeugte eine intensiv gefärbte Reaktionslösung, deren 11B-NMR-spektroskopische Untersuchung eine gegenüber bekannten Diborenen leicht tieffeldverschobene Resonanz im 11B-NMR-Spektrum zeigt. Die Isolierung und zweifelsfreie Identifizierung des Reaktionsprodukts gelang aufgrund der hohen Empfindlichkeit bislang nicht. Weitere Versuche ein Diboren mit vinylogem Substitutionsmuster zu synthetisieren, in dem die alpha-Position des Vinyl-Substituenten durch eine Phenylgruppe besetzt ist, waren nicht zielführend (Schema 61).
 
Anknüpfend an die Arbeiten von Thomas Steffenhagen, dem die Darstellung des ersten [2]Diboraferrocenophans mit Diborenbrücke 109 und dessen Identifizierung mittels NMR-Spektroskopie gelang, wurden Versuche unternommen, 109 zu kristallisieren. Dabei konnten geeignete Einkristalle zur röntgenstrukturanalytischen Charakterisierung erhalten werden und das Strukturmotiv im Festkörper bestätigt werden (Schema 62). 
 
Zentraler Gegenstand dieser Arbeit war neben der Synthese und Charakterisierung von neuen Diborenen die Untersuchung der Chemie der reaktiven B=B-Doppelbindung. Dazu wurden unter anderem Reaktivitätsstudien mit Münzmetallkomplexen durchgeführt, um die Koordinationschemie der heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborene 59 und 85, sowie des Diboren-verbrückten [2]Diboraferrocenophans 109 zu erforschen. Die Umsetzungen von 59, 85 und 109 mit CuCl führten zu den entsprechenden Münzmetall π-Diboren-Komplexen 111-113 (Schema 63). Röntgenstrukturanalytische Untersuchungen zeigen die T-förmige Geometrie der Komplexe, die aus der side-on Koordination des jeweiligen Diborens an das Metallzentrum resultiert. Das erhaltene Strukturmotiv entspricht damit dem der literaturbekannten Münzmetall-π-Diboren-Komplexe 71 und 72. Aufgrund der hohen Empfindlichkeit konnten allerdings weder die Ausbeute bestimmt noch eine detaillierte NMR-spektroskopische Charakterisierung durchgeführt werden. Das photophysikalische Potential dieser Verbindungsklasse wird dennoch in qualitativen Tests durch Bestrahlung mit UV-Licht erkennbar.
Die Koordination von Kupferalkinen an die B=B-Doppelbindung der Verbindungen 59, 85 und 109 verläuft demgegenüber selektiv (Schema 63). Die ebenfalls T-förmigen Komplexe (114-116) erweisen sich als deutlich stabiler als die CuCl-Analoga und konnten demzufolge in analysenreiner Form isoliert werden. Allerdings zeigen diese in qualitativen Tests kein Lumineszenzverhalten. Eine genauere Analyse dieser Befunde erfolgte bislang nicht, ist aber aktueller Bestandteil der Forschung der Arbeitsgruppe um Braunschweig.

Da die heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborene wegen ihres energetisch hoch liegenden HOMO bereitwillig zur Abgabe von Elektronen tendieren, wie in cyclovoltammetrischen Messungen gezeigt werden konnte, wurde deren potentielle Verwendung als Reduktionsmittel untersucht. Die Diborene 59, 60, 85 und 88 wurden dazu mit dem milden Oxidationsmittel (C7H7)BArf4 oxidiert und die Monoradikalkationen 117-120 mittels EPR-Spektroskopie nachgewiesen (Schema 64). Aufgrund der hohen Empfindlichkeit der Radikale (117-120) konnte keine weitere Charakterisierung erfolgen.

Durch Oxidation des Diborens 85 mit Iod konnte Verbindung 121 erhalten werden (Schema 65). Die Festkörperstruktur zeigt einen dreigliedrigen Heterocyclus, bestehend aus einem positiv polarisierten Iodatom, das eine B2-Einheit verbrückt und damit die gleichwertige Beschreibung als Iodoniumion in Analogie zu den gleichnamigen Intermediaten, die bei der Addition von Halogenen an Alkene entstehen, rechtfertigt.

Die Hydroborierungsreaktion ist eine bekannte Additionsreaktion von H-B-Bindungen an C=C-Doppelbindungen und konnte in dieser Arbeit erfolgreich auf die alkenanalogen Diborene übertragen werden. Die Reaktion des heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborens 85 mit Catecholboran ergibt das Triboran 122, das strukturell den klassischen Hydroborierungsprodukten von Alkenen gleicht. In Analogie dazu wird von einer syn-Addition der H-B-Bindung an die B=B-Doppelbindung des Diborens ausgegangen. Wird hingegen das Hydroborierungsreagenz Durylboran eingesetzt, so findet eine nicht-klassische Addition der H-B-Fragmente an die B=B-Doppelbindung statt. Der genaue Mechanismus, der zur Bildung des Triborans 124 führt, ist bisher nicht aufgeklärt (Schema 66).
 
Wird das [2]Diboraferrocenophan 109, das ein cyclisches, cis-konfiguriertes Diboren als Brücke beinhaltet, mit Catecholboran bzw. Durylboran umgesetzt, so werden ebenfalls Triborane (123 und 125) generiert, die sich jedoch von den Triboranen 122 und 124 in ihrer Struktur grundlegend unterscheiden (Schema 67). Ein Erklärungsansatz hierfür könnte in der hohen Ringspannung im cyclischen Diboren-verbrückten [2]Diboraferrocenophan 109 verglichen mit dem acyclischen heteroaromatisch substituierten Diboren 85 liegen. Ein Schritt zur Bildung des Triborans 123 aus der Umsetzung von 109 mit Catecholboran findet offenbar, wie die Festkörperstruktur von 123 nahe legt, durch eine Ringerweiterung des Fünfringes des Catecholborans zu einem Sechsring durch Insertion eines Boratoms der Diborenbrücke statt. Um genauere Aussagen zur Bildung von 123 wie auch 125 treffen zu können, sind quantenchemische Studien zu diesem Thema aktuelles Arbeitsgebiet der Arbeitsgruppe um Braunschweig.
 
Die Reaktivität der elektronenreichen B=B-Doppelbindung der heteroaromatisch substituierten Diborene wurde in der vorliegenden Arbeit gegenüber der Substanzklasse der Chalkogene überprüft. Dabei stellte sich heraus, dass die Reaktionen der Diborene 60 und 85 mit elementarem Schwefel durch reduktive Insertion von Schwefel in die B=B-Doppelbindung zur Bildung von Produktgemischen aus Trithiadiborolanen und Diborathiiranen führen. Es zeigte sich, dass die gezielte Darstellung der Trithiadiborolane 126 und 127 durch Einwirkung von Ultraschall gelingt, wohingegen das Thiadiborolan 128 selektiv durch Reaktion des Diborens 85 mit Ethylensulfid oder einem Überschuss an Triphenylphosphansulfid zugänglich gemacht werden kann (Schema 68).
 
Die Reaktion der Diborene 60 und 85 mit elementarem Selen bzw. elementarem Tellur ergibt die entsprechenden Diboraselenirane (129 und 130) bzw. Diboratellurirane (131 und 132), die durch reduktive Insertion des entsprechenden Chalkogens in die B=B-Doppelbindung entstehen (Schema 69). Eine vollständige Spaltung der B=B-Bindung durch Insertion weiterer Äquivalente Selen bzw. Tellur ist auch unter Behandlung mit Ultraschall nicht zu beobachten.
 
Das Furanyl-substituierte Diboren 85 konnte zudem mit chalkogenhaltigen Verbindungen erfolgreich umgesetzt werden. 85 reagiert mit Diphenyldisulfid und Diphenyldiselenid selektiv durch Addition der E-E-Bindung an die B=B Doppelbindung (Schema 70). Die diaseteroselektiven, analysenreinen 1,2-Additionsprodukte (133, 137)  lassen auf einen Mechanismus, der in Analogie zu den Additionen von Disulfiden bzw. Diseleniden an Alkene über die Zwischenstufe entsprechender Sulfonium- bzw. Seleniumionen verläuft,  folgern. Alternativ dazu muss eine konzertierte syn-Addition der E-E-Bindung in Erwägung gezogen werden.
 
Demgegenüber konnten aus den Umsetzungen des Thienyl-substituierten Diborens 60 mit Diphenyldisulfid, Diphenyldiselenid und isoPropylthiol keine analysenreinen Produkte isoliert werden.
Das Diboren-verbrückte [2]Diboraferrocenophan 109 reagiert mit Diphenyldisulfid in einer 1,2-Addition der S-S-Bindung an die B=B-Doppelbindung, wobei ein sp2-sp3-Diboran durch Abspaltung eines NHCs gebildet wird. Die verkürzte Fe-Bsp2-Bindungslänge lässt auf eine Stabilisierung des sp2-Boratoms durch das Fe-Zentrum schließen. In einer vergleichbaren Reaktion mit Dimethyldisulfid konnte das identische Strukturmotiv, ein sp2-sp3-Diboran, erhalten werden (Schema 71).

Die Reaktion des [2]Diboraferrocenophans 109 mit Diphenyldiselenid führt zur vollständigen Spaltung der B=B-Doppelbindung unter Addition zweier Se-Se-Bindungen von zwei Äquivalenten Diphenyldiselenid und der damit einhergehenden Bildung der acyclischen bisborylierten Ferrocenspezies 139 (Schema 72). Die Bildung des einfachen Additionsprodukts, was wahrscheinlich intermediär auftritt, wurde auch bei Umsetzung mit nur einem Äquivalent Diphenyldiselenid nicht beobachtet.
Die Umsetzung des Furanyl-substituierten Diborens 85 mit isoPropylthiol verläuft unter Addition der H-S-Bindung an die B=B-Doppelbindung, wobei in allen Fällen das syn-Additionsprodukt 142 erhalten wurde (Schema 72). Die von Thomas Steffenhagen beschriebene Addition der H-S-Bindung von isoPropylthiol an die B=B-Doppelbindung des [2]Diboraferrocenophans 109 ergibt dagegen selektiv ein anti-Additionsprodukt. In einer vergleichbaren Reaktion des [2]Diboraferrocenophans 109 mit tert-Butylthiol wurden anhand von NMR-Spektroskopie Indizien für die Bildung eines 1,2-Additionsproduktes erhalten. Allerdings gelang die Isolierung eines analysenreinen Produktes bislang nicht.
N2  - Initially the focus of this work was the synthesis and characterization of novel diborenes bearing a variety of boron substituents. Of particular interest was the introduction of new heterocyclic functionalized diborenes synthesized in a manner akin to two literature-known thienyl functionalized diborenes (59 and 60). Through these studies, the synthesis and charaterization of the furanyl-functionalized diborene 85 has been achieved (scheme 1). The solid-state structure of 85 displays coplanarity between the respective B2 unit and the furanyl rings, indicating some degree of pi-conjugation between the heterocyclic substituents and the central B2 unit. This structural feature closely parallels the thienyl-functionalized diborenes, which also exhibit coplanarity between the central B2 unit and the peripheral heterocycles as well. Similar to 59 and 60, the furanyl-functionalized diborene 85 reveals three absorption bands in the UV-vis spectrum. According to TD-DFT calculations the excitations can be assigned to transitions between the frontier orbitals. The HOMOs are exclusively located at the central B=B double bond, whereas the LUMOs are predominantly delocalized over the furanyl substituents and the NHCs. Cyclovoltammetry measurements prove that the diborene 85 is extraordinarily electron rich, which is in accordance with previous data taken from the characterization of the thienyl-substituted diborenes (59, 60). Therefore the heterocyclic-functionalized diborenes can be considered strong electron donors. Respectively, these species rank among the class of strong, neutral non-metallic reducing agents. Moreover the partial reversible reduction wave suggests the formation of a stable monoradical cation, which was also observed in similar cyclovoltametry measurements of the related diborenes 59 and 60. A synthetic approach to establish a pyrrolyl-functionalized diborene was also investigated. The successful synthesis of the IMe-stabilized diborene 88 was verified by NMR spectroscopy (scheme 1). Further charaterization of 88 failed because of the instability of the compound in both the solid state and in solution. The application of a more sterically demanding NHC (IMes) led only to the respective NHC-borane adduct 89, which could not be reductively coupled to the desired diborene.  
 
In a continuation of the promising work of Dr. Philipp Bissinger, the search for a reliable synthesis route to the heterocyclic-substituted diborenes 95 and 99 was examined (scheme 2). These species consisted of thiophene-derived heterocyclics substituted with BMes2 and B(FMes)2 groups, respectively. Starting from the BMes2- and B(FMes)2-functionalized thiophene precursors, the synthesis of the respective NHC-borane adducts was first accomplished over several reaction steps. The reduction of these adducts produced intensely colored solutions of the respective diborenes 95 and 99 as confirmed by 11B NMR spectroscopic investigations. The diborene 95 was structurally confirmed by X-ray diffraction studies of suitable crystals, however, isolation of the pure compounds (95, 99) in larger amounts for detailed NMR spectroscopic studies could not be achieved. 
Investigations via UV-vis spectroscopy, cyclovoltammetry and TD-DFT-calculations revealed the significant influence of the BMes2 and the B(FMes)2 groups on the chemical and photophysical properties of both diborenes 95 and 99. The strong electron withdrawing B(FMes)2 group was found to lower the energy of the LUMO, subsequently decreasing the HOMO-LUMO energetic gap dramatically. The main absorption band in the UV-vis spectrum of 99 is detected in the near infrared (NIR) range, bathochromically shifted in comparison to the parent thienyl-substituted diborene 59. A following prospective study in the Braunschweig group could be the optimization of the synthesis of these diborenes, accompanied by the characterization and exploration of their reactivity patterns.

Another part of this thesis dealt with the synthesis of diborenes bearing vinyl-group functionalized boron precursors. Based on the 1,1-diphenylethene starting material, the corresponding NHC-borane adduct was generated through several sequential reactions. Reduction with KC8 afforded an intensely colored reaction mixture that upon filtration had a 11B NMR resonance slightly downfield shifted with respect to the literature-known diborenes. However, isolation of the product and its identification were unsuccessful. Further attempts to prepare a diborene bearing a vinyl substituent with a phenyl group in the alpha-position were attempted but were ultimately unrewarding (scheme 3).
 
Extending the work of Thomas Steffenhagen on the synthesis of the first diborene-bridged [2]diboraferrocenophane 109, experiments aimed at crystallizing 109 were successfully performed. Single crystal X-ray diffraction experiments confirmed the highly strained structure [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 bearing a cis-configured bridging diborene (scheme 4).
 
Besides the synthesis and characterization of new diborenes, exploration of the chemistry of the reactive B=B double bond was also a major interest in this thesis. Therefore diborene reactivity studies with coinage metal complexes were carried out in order to evaluate the ability of the heterocyclic-substituted species 59, 85 and the diborene-bridged [2]diboraferrocenophane (109) to interact with these metal species. The reactions of 59, 85 and 109 with CuCl led to the formation of the corresponding copper complexes 111-113 (scheme 5). Single X-ray crystallographic analysis of 111 and 112 revealed a T-shaped geometry for these complexes. This geometry results through side-on coordination of the diborene to the metal center. The structural motif is equivalent to those of literature known diborene CuCl pi-complexes. Due to their instability, further characterization of the complexes 111-113 could not be achieved. In addition, the potential of the diborene CuCl pi-complexes was realized qualitatively via irradiation with UV light, indicating strong luminescence.
The coordination of copper alkyne complexes at the B=B double bond of 59, 85 and 109 proceeded selectively and resulted in the formation of T-shaped complexes 114-116, which are structurally similar to the CuCl complexes 111 and 112 (scheme 5). Remarkably, 114 and 116 display enhanced stability compared with the CuCl complexes 111 and 112 and could be characterized via NMR spectroscopy. However contrary to the CuCl complexes, the diborene Cu alkynyl  complexes 114-116 showed no signs of luminescence while under UV irradiation. A concurrent detailled study of these findings is underway in the Braunschweig group.
 
Owing to their energetically high-lying HOMOs, diborenes can easily be oxidized as shown in CV measurements. Therefore their application as reducing agent was explored in this thesis. The diborenes were utilized in redox reactions with (C7H7)BArf4 to yield the monoradical cations 117-120 (scheme 6). These species could be subsequently be verified by EPR spectroscopic measurements. Due to the instability of the radical species 117-120, further characterization could not be accomplished.
 
Upon oxidation with elemental iodine (I2), the diborene 85 could be succcessfully converted to the dicationic species 121. This species can be considered an iodonium ion analogous to the compounds generated in reactions of alkenes with iodine (scheme 7). The solid state structure shows a three-membered heterocyclic ring in which the positively charged iodine atom symmetrically bridges the two boron atoms.
 
The diborene species were tested for hydroboration reactivity in a manner analogous to the well-known hydroboration reaction between borane B-H bonds and C=C double bonds. This work utilized the B=B double bonds of diborenes to serve as alkene mimics. The reaction of the furanyl-substituted diborene 85 with catecholborane afforded the triborane 122. This product is presumably formed via syn-addition of the borane B-H bond to the diborene B=B double bond. Treatment of the same diborene 85 with durylborane led to the formation of a non-classical species in contrast to known alkene hydroboration reactivity. As can be seen in Scheme 8, the species formed seemingly arises upon cleavage of a B-Cfuryl bond (scheme 8). The detailled mechanism for this reaction has thus far not been elucidated.
 
In reactions of 109 with catecholborane or durylborane, the triboranes 123 and 125 were generated, respectively (scheme 9). The structural motifs of both species show the ring expansion  of the diboraferrocenophane that likely occurs through the insertion of the BDur and BCat fragments into the diborene B=B double bond. Additionally, in the case of the reaction with catecholborane, one boron atom must insert into the B-O bond to yield compound 123. The reaction patterns between the heterocycle-substitued diborene 85 and the [2]diboraferocenophane 109 towards hydroboration reagents have been shown to differ dramatically. One reason for this divergent reactivity could be the tendency of the diborene-bridged [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 to alleviate some of its ring strain. To gain further knowledge into this reactivity, theoretical studies are currently underway in the Braunschweig group.  
 
The electron rich B=B double bond of diborenes was further exploited in reactivity studies with elemental chalcogen reagents as well as chalcogen-containing reagents. The reaction products of the heterocycle-substituted diborenes 60 and 85 with elemental sulfur proved to be dependent upon the reaction conditions. Reactions performed at room temperature were observed to generate a mixture of diborathiiranes and trithiadiborolanes, whereas the selective formation of the trithiadiborolanes (126, 127) has been accomplished by ultrasonification of the reaction mixture. The trithiadiborolanes 126 and 127 are formed by the reductive insertion of three sulfur atoms into the B=B double bond while the partial insertion of one sulfur atom affords the diborathiirane 128. Further reactivity studies were conducted with triphenylphosphine sulfide and ethylene sulfide reagents in order to probe the application of sulfur-atom-donor compounds. These test reactions yielded successful transfer of the sulfur atom to the B=B double bonds of the diborene 85 (scheme 10).

The reactions of diborenes 60 and 85 with elemental selenium or tellurium exclusively afforded the heterocyclic three-membered diboraseleniranes 129 and 130 and diboratelluriranes 131 and 132, respectively (scheme 11). The formation of similar five-membered heterocyclic compounds relative to the trithiadiborolanes was not observed under ultrasonification of the reaction mixtures.

Besides the reactions with elemental chalcogens, the heterocyclic-substituted diborene 85 was succesfully reacted with diorganyldichalcogens (diphenyl disulfide and diphenyl diselenide), whereby 1,2-addition of the E-E single bond of the dichalcogens to the B=B double bond was observed (scheme 12). In contrast, the reaction of the thienyl-substituted diborene with diphenyl diselenide led to the formation of the desired compound 138, however isolation of the pure product was not successful. The structural motifs of 133 and 137 are indicative of either a syn-addition mechanism or a thiol-ene Michael-addition-type mechanism. A radical mechanism can be ruled out, since only one stereoisomer was generated through these studies. In order to validate these proposed mechanisms, ongoing theoretical studies are being performed by the Braunschweig group.

The reaction of diborene-bridged [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 with diphenyl disulfide resulted in the formation of a sp2-sp3 diborane through cleavage of one B-CNHC bond. The short Fe-Bsp2 distance indicates some interaction between the Fe core and the Bsp2 atom. In a similar reaction the [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 formed an identical sp2-sp3 diborane when reacted with dimethyl disulfide (scheme 13).
 
The B=B double bond of [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 was completely cleaved upon addition of two equivalents of diphenyl diselenide, yielding compound 139 (scheme 14). The simple 1,2-addition product of one Se-Se bond to the B=B double bond could not be detected or isolated as an intermediate, even if only one equivalent of diphenyl dislenide was applied.
The reactions of the heterocycle-substituted diborenes 85 and 60 with isopropyl mercaptan result in addition of one H-S bond to the B=B double bonds to yield the syn-addition products 142 and 143 (scheme 14). In constrast, the anti-addition product 110 of the reaction of [2]diboraferrocenophane 109 with isopropyl mercaptan has been recently isolated by Thomas Steffenhagen. The reaction of 109 with a tert-butyl-mercaptan was also attempted. NMR spectroscopic investigations indicated the successful formation of the 1,2-addition product. Since attempts to crystallize 144 did not succeed, the structure of 144 could not be confirmed.
KW  - Mehrfachbindung
KW  - Bor
KW  - Ferrocenophane
KW  - Diboren
KW  - NHC
KW  - Heterocyclische Carbene <-N>
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-140485
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Ullmann, Tobias
A1  - Schmitt, Andreas
A1  - Jagdhuber, Thomas
T1  - Two Component Decomposition of Dual Polarimetric HH/VV SAR Data: Case Study for the Tundra Environment of the Mackenzie Delta Region, Canada
JF  - Remote Sensing
N2  - This study investigates a two component decomposition technique for HH/VV-polarized PolSAR (Polarimetric Synthetic Aperture Radar) data. The approach is a straight forward adaption of the Yamaguchi decomposition and decomposes the data into two scattering contributions: surface and double bounce under the assumption of a negligible vegetation scattering component in Tundra environments. The dependencies between the features of this two and the classical three component Yamaguchi decomposition were investigated for Radarsat-2 (quad) and TerraSAR-X (HH/VV) data for the Mackenzie Delta Region, Canada. In situ data on land cover were used to derive the scattering characteristics and to analyze the correlation among the PolSAR features. The double bounce and surface scattering features of the two and three component scattering model (derived from pseudo-HH/VV- and quad-polarized data) showed similar scattering characteristics and positively correlated-R2 values of 0.60 (double bounce) and 0.88 (surface scattering) were observed. The presence of volume scattering led to differences between the features and these were minimized for land cover classes of low vegetation height that showed little volume scattering contribution. In terms of separability, the quad-polarized Radarsat-2 data offered the best separation of the examined tundra land cover types and will be best suited for the classification. This is anticipated as it represents the largest feature space of all tested ones. However; the classes “wetland” and “bare ground” showed clear positions in the feature spaces of the C- and X-Band HH/VV-polarized data and an accurate classification of these land cover types is promising. Among the possible dual-polarization modes of Radarsat-2 the HH/VV was found to be the favorable mode for the characterization of the aforementioned tundra land cover classes due to the coherent acquisition and the preserved co-pol. phase. Contrary, HH/HV-polarized and VV/VH-polarized data were found to be best suited for the characterization of mixed and shrub dominated tundra.
KW  - Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR)
KW  - Polarimetric Synthetic Aperture Radar (PolSAR)
KW  - polarimetric decomposition
KW  - Radarsat-2
KW  - arctic
KW  - Canada
KW  - tundra
KW  - TerraSAR-X
KW  - dual polarimetry
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147879
VL  - 8
IS  - 12
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Ullmann, Tobias
A1  - Büdel, Christian
A1  - Baumhauer, Roland
A1  - Padashi, Majid
T1  - Sentinel-1 SAR Data Revealing Fluvial Morphodynamics in Damghan (Iran): Amplitude and Coherence Change Detection
JF  - International Journal of Earth Science and Geophysics
N2  - The Sentinel-1 Satellite (S-1) of ESA's Copernicus Mission delivers freely available C-Band Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) data that are suited for interferometric applications (InSAR). The high geometric resolution of less than fifteen meter and the large coverage offered by the Interferometric Wide Swath mode (IW) point to new perspectives on the comprehension and understanding of surface changes, the quantification and monitoring of dynamic processes, especially in arid regions. The contribution shows the application of S-1 intensities and InSAR coherences in time series analysis for the delineation of changes related to fluvial morphodynamics in Damghan, Iran. The investigations were carried out for the period from April to October 2015 and exhibit the potential of the S-1 data for the identification of surface disturbances, mass movements and fluvial channel activity in the surroundings of the Damghan Playa. The Amplitude Change Detection highlighted extensive material movement and accumulation - up to sizes of more than 4,000 m in width - in the east of the Playa via changes in intensity. Further, the Coherence Change Detection technique was capable to indicate small-scale channel activity of the drainage system that was neither recognizable in the S-1 intensity nor the multispectral Landsat-8 data. The run off caused a decorrelation of the SAR signals and a drop in coherence. Seen from a morphodynamic point of view, the results indicated a highly dynamic system and complex tempo-spatial patterns were observed that will be subject of future analysis. Additionally, the study revealed the necessity to collect independent reference data on fluvial activity in order to train and adjust the change detector.
KW  - SAR
KW  - InSAR
KW  - coherence
KW  - Iran
KW  - Sentinel-1
KW  - radar
KW  - geomorphology
KW  - change detection
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147863
VL  - 2
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Ullmann, Andrew J.
A1  - Schmidt-Hieber, Martin
A1  - Bertz, Hartmut
A1  - Heinz, Werner J.
A1  - Kiehl, Michael
A1  - Krüger, William
A1  - Mousset, Sabine
A1  - Neuburger, Stefan
A1  - Neumann, Silke
A1  - Penack, Olaf
A1  - Silling, Gerda
A1  - Vehreschild, Jörg Janne
A1  - Einsele, Hermann
A1  - Maschmeyer, Georg
T1  - Infectious diseases in allogeneic haematopoietic stem cell transplantation: prevention and prophylaxis strategy guidelines 2016
JF  - Annals of Hematology
N2  - Infectious complications after allogeneic haematopoietic stem cell transplantation (allo-HCT) remain a clinical challenge. This is a guideline provided by the AGIHO (Infectious Diseases Working Group) of the DGHO (German Society for Hematology and Medical Oncology). A core group of experts prepared a preliminary guideline, which was discussed, reviewed, and approved by the entire working group. The guideline provides clinical recommendations for the preventive management including prophylactic treatment of viral, bacterial, parasitic, and fungal diseases. The guideline focuses on antimicrobial agents but includes recommendations on the use of vaccinations. This is the updated version of the AGHIO guideline in the field of allogeneic haematopoietic stem cell transplantation utilizing methods according to evidence-based medicine criteria.
KW  - Bone-marrow-transplantation
KW  - Pneumocystis-carinii-pneumonia
KW  - Influenzae type B
KW  - Respiratory syncytial virus
KW  - Infections
KW  - invasive fungal infections
KW  - Varicella-Zoster-Virus
KW  - Hepatitis B virus
KW  - Herpes simplex virus
KW  - Human immunodefiency virus
KW  - Low-dose acyclovir
KW  - Viral
KW  - Fungal
KW  - Bacteria
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187587
VL  - 95
IS  - 9
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Türp, Jens C.
A1  - Schlenker, Anna
A1  - Schröder, Johannes
A1  - Essig, Marco
A1  - Schmitter, Marc
T1  - Disk displacement, eccentric condylar position, osteoarthrosis - misnomers for variations of normality? Results and interpretations from an MRI study in two age cohorts
JF  - BMC Oral Health
N2  - Background

Clinical decision-making and prognostic statements in individuals with manifest or suspected temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) may involve assessment of (a) the position of articular disc relative to the mandibular condyle, (b) the location of the condyle relative to the temporal joint surfaces, and (c) the depth of the glenoid fossa of the temporomandibular joints (TMJs). The aim of this study was twofold: (1) Determination of the prevalence of these variables in two representative population-based birth cohorts. (2) Reinterpretation of the clinical significance of the findings.

Methods

From existing magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans of the TMJs that had been taken in 2005 and 2006 from 72 subjects born between 1930 and 1932 and between 1950 and 1952, respectively, the condylar position at closed jaw was calculated as percentage displacement of the condyle from absolute centricity. By using the criteria introduced by Orsini et al. (Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod 86:489-97, 1998), a textbook-like disc position at closed jaw was distinguished from an anterior location. TMJ morphology of the temporal joint surfaces was assessed at open jaw by measuring the depth of the glenoid fossa, using the method proposed by Muto et al. (J Oral Maxillofac Surg 52:1269-72, 1994).

Frequency distributions were recorded for the condylar and disc positions at closed jaw.

Student’s t-test with independent samples was used as test of significance to detect differences of condylar positions between the age cohorts (1930 vs. 1950) and the sexes. The significance levels were set at 5%. First, the results from the measurement of the age cohorts were compared without differentiation of sexes, i.e., age cohort 1930–1932 versus age cohort 1950–1952. Subsequently, the age cohorts were compared by sex, i.e., men in cohort 1930–1932 versus men in cohort 1950–1952, and women in cohort 1930–1932 women men in cohort 1950–1952.

Results

In both cohorts, condylar position was characterized by great variability. About 50% of the condyles were located centrically, while the other half was either in an anterior or in a posterior position. In both female cohorts, a posterior position predominated, whereas a centric position prevailed among men. Around 75% of the discs were positioned textbook-like, while the remaining forth was located anteriorly. Age had no statistically significant influence on condylar or on disc position. Conversely, comparison between the age groups revealed a statistically significant decrease of the depth of the glenoid fossa in both older cohorts. This age-dependent changes may be interpreted as flattening of the temporal joint surfaces.

Conclusions

We call for a re-interpretation of imaging findings because they may insinuate pathology which usually is not present. Instead, anterior or posterior positions of the mandibular condyle as well as an anterior location of the articular disc should be construed as a variation of normalcy. Likewise, flattening of articular surfaces of the TMJs may be considered as normal adaptive responses to increased loading, rather than pathological degenerative changes.
KW  - Image interpretation
KW  - Medicalization
KW  - Osteoarthritis
KW  - Overdiagnosis
KW  - Temporomandibular joint disc
KW  - Mandibular condyle
KW  - Medical overuse
KW  - Osteoarthrosis
KW  - Temporomandibular disorders
KW  - Terminology
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164710
VL  - 16
IS  - 124
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tsiligianni, Ioanna G.
A1  - Alma, Harma J.
A1  - Kocks, Janwillem W. H.
A1  - de Jong, Corina
A1  - Jelusic, Danijel
A1  - Wittmann, Michael
A1  - Schuler, Michael
A1  - Schultz, Konrad
A1  - Kollen, Boudewijn J.
A1  - van der Molen, Thys
T1  - Investigating sensitivity, specificity, and area under the curve of the Clinical COPD Questionnaire, COPD Assessment Test, and Modified Medical Research Council scale according to GOLD using St George's Respiratory Questionnaire cutoff 25 (and 20) as reference
JF  - International Journal of COPD
N2  - Background: In the GOLD (Global initiative for chronic Obstructive Lung Disease) strategy document, the Clinical COPD Questionnaire (CCQ), COPD Assessment Test (CAT), or modified Medical Research Council (mMRC) scale are recommended for the assessment of symptoms using the cutoff points of CCQ ≥1, CAT ≥10, and mMRC scale ≥2 to indicate symptomatic patients. The current study investigates the criterion validity of the CCQ, CAT and mMRC scale based on a reference cutoff point of St George’s Respiratory Questionnaire (SGRQ) ≥25, as suggested by GOLD, following sensitivity and specificity analysis. In addition, areas under the curve (AUCs) of the CCQ, CAT, and mMRC scale were compared using two SGRQ cutoff points (≥25 and ≥20).

Materials and methods: Two data sets were used: study A, 238 patients from a pulmonary rehabilitation program; and study B, 101 patients from primary care. Receiver-operating characteristic (ROC) curves were used to assess the correspondence between the recommended cutoff points of the questionnaires.

Results: Sensitivity, specificity, and AUC scores for cutoff point SGRQ ≥25 were: study A, 0.99, 0.43, and 0.96 for CCQ ≥1, 0.92, 0.48, and 0.89 for CAT ≥10, and 0.68, 0.91, and 0.91 for mMRC ≥2; study B, 0.87, 0.77, and 0.9 for CCQ ≥1, 0.76, 0.73, and 0.82 for CAT ≥10, and 0.21, 1, and 0.81 for mMRC ≥2. Sensitivity, specificity, and AUC scores for cutoff point SGRQ ≥20 were: study A, 0.99, 0.73, and 0.99 for CCQ ≥1, 0.91, 0.73, and 0.94 for CAT ≥10, and 0.66, 0.95, and 0.94 for mMRC ≥2; study B, 0.8, 0.89, and 0.89 for CCQ ≥1, 0.69, 0.78, and 0.8 for CAT ≥10, and 0.18, 1, and 0.81 for mMRC ≥2.

Conclusion: Based on data from these two different samples, this study showed that the suggested cutoff point for the SGRQ (≥25) did not seem to correspond well with the established cutoff points of the CCQ or CAT scales, resulting in low specificity levels. The correspondence with the mMRC scale seemed satisfactory, though not optimal. The SGRQ threshold of ≥20 corresponded slightly better than SGRQ ≥25, recently suggested by GOLD 2015, with the established cutoff points for the CCQ, CAT, and mMRC scale.
KW  - pulmonary disease
KW  - chronic obstructive
KW  - health status
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165427
VL  - 11
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Trüstedt, Jonas Elias
T1  - Long-wavelength radio observations of blazars with the Low-Frequency Array (LOFAR)
T1  - Beobachtungen von Blazaren bei langen Radio-Wellenlängen mit dem Low-Frequency Array (LOFAR)
N2  - Aktive Galaxienkerne (AGN) gehören zu den hellsten Objekten in unserem Universum. Diese Galaxien werden als aktiv bezeichnet, da ihre Zentralregion heller ist als alle Sterne in einer Galaxie zusammen beitragen könnten. Das Zentrum besteht aus einem supermassiven schwarzen Loch, das von einer Akkretionsscheibe und weiter außerhalb von einem Torus aus Staub umgeben ist. Diese AGN können über das ganze elektromagnetische Spektrum verteilt gefunden werden, von Radiowellen über Wellenlängen im optischen und Röntgenbereich bis hin zur $\gamma$-Strahlung. Allerdings sind nicht alle Objekte bei jeder Wellenlänge detektierbar. In dieser Arbeit werden überwiegend Blazare bei niedrigen Radiofrequenzen untersucht. Blazare gehören zu den radio-lauten AGN, welche üblicherweise stark kollimierte Jets senkrecht zur Akkretionsscheibe aussenden. Bei Blazaren sind diese Jets in die Richtung des Beobachters gerichtet und ihre Emissionen sind stark variabel. \\
AGN werden anhand ihres Erscheinungsbildes verschiedenen Untergruppen zugeordnet. Diese Untergruppen werden in einem vereinheitlichen AGN Modell zusammengeführt, welches besagt, dass diese Objekte sich nur in ihrer Luminosität und ihrem Winkel zur Sichtlinie unterscheiden. Blazare sind diejenigen Objekte, deren Jets in unsere Sichtrichtung zeigen, während die Objekte deren Jets eher senkrecht zur Sichtlinie orientiert sind als Radiogalaxien bezeichnet werden. Daraus folgt, dass Blazare die Gegenstücke zu Radiogalaxien mit einem anderen Winkel zur Sichtlinie sind. Diese Beziehung soll unter anderem in dieser Arbeit untersucht werden. \\
Nach ihrer Entdeckung in den 1940er Jahren wurden die aktiven Galaxien bei allen zugänglichen Wellenlängen untersucht. Durch die Entwicklung von Interferometern aus Radioteleskopen, welche eine erhöhte Auflösung bieten, konnten die Beobachtungen stark verbessert werden. In den letzten 20 Jahren wurden viele AGN regelmäßig beobachtet. Dies erfolgte unter anderem durch Programme wie dem MOJAVE Programm, welches 274 AGNs regelmäßig mithilfe der Technik der ``Very Long Baseline Interferometry" (VLBI) beobachtet. Durch diese Beobachtungen konnten Informationen zur Struktur und Entwicklung der AGN und Jets gesammelt werden. Allerdings sind die Prozesse zur Bildung von Jets und deren Kollimation noch nicht vollständig bekannt. Durch relativistische Effekte ist es schwierig die eigentlichen Größen der Jets anstelle der scheinbaren zu messen. Um die intrinsische Energie von Jets zu messen, sollen die ausgedehnten Emissionsregionen untersucht werden, in denen die Jets enden und mit dem Intergalaktischen Medium interagieren. Beobachtungen bei niedrigen Radiofrequenzen sind empfindlicher um solche ausgedehnte, diffuse Emissionsregionen zu detektieren. \\
Seit Dezember 2012 ist ein neues Radioteleskop für niedrige Frequenzen in Betrieb, dessen Stationen aus Dipolantennen besteht. Die meisten dieser Stationen sind in den Niederlanden verteilt (38 Stationen) und werden durch 12 internationale Stationen in Deutschland, Frankreich, Schweden, Polen und England ergänzt. Dieses Instrument trägt den Namen ``Low Frequency Array'' (LOFAR). LOFAR bietet die Möglichkeit bei Frequenzen von 30--250 MHz bei einer höheren Auflösung als bisherige Radioteleskope zu beobachten (Winkelauflösungen unter 1 arcsec für das gesamte Netzwerk aus Teleskopen). \\
Diese Arbeit behandelt die Ergebnisse von Blazaruntersuchungen mithilfe von LOFAR-Beobachtungen. Dafür wurden AGNs aus dem MOJAVE Programm verwendet um von den bisherigen Multiwellenlängen-Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen der Kinematik zu profitieren. Das ``Multifrequency Snapshot Sky Survey'' (MSSS) Projekt hat den gesamten Nordhimmel mit kurzen Beobachtungen abgerastert. Aus dem daraus resultierenden vorläufigen Katalog wurden die Flussdichten und Spektralindizes für MOJAVE-Blazare untersucht. In den kurzen Beobachtungen von MSSS sind nur die Stationen in den Niederlanden verwendet worden, wodurch Auflösung und Sensitivität begrenzt sind. Für die Erstellung des vorläufigen Kataloges wurde die Auflösung auf $\sim$120 arcsec beschränkt. Ein weiterer Vorteil der MOJAVE Objekte ist die regelmäßige Beobachtung der AGN mit dem ``Owens Vally Radio Observatory'' zur Erstellung von Lichtkurven bei 15 GHz. Dadurch ist es möglich nahezu zeitgleiche Flussdichtemessungen bei 15 GHz zu den entsprechenden MSSS-Beobachtungen zu bekommen. Da diese Beobachtungen zu ähnlichen Zeitpunkten durchgeführt wurden sind diese Flussdichten weniger von der Variabilität der Blazare beeinflusst. Die Spektralindizes berechnet aus den Flussdichten von MSSS und OVRO können verwendet werden um den Anteil an ausgedehnter Emission der AGNs abzuschätzen. \\
Im Vergleich der Flussdichten aus dem MSSS Katalog mit den Beobachtungen von OVRO fällt auf, dass die Flussdichten bei niedrigen Frequenzen tendenziell höher sind, was durch den höheren Anteil an ausgedehnter Struktur zu erwarten ist. Die Spektralindexverteilung zwischen MSSS und OVRO zeigt ihren höchsten Wert bei $\sim-0.2$. In der Verteilung existieren Objekte mit steilerem Spektralindex durch den höheren Anteil von ausgedehnter Emission in der Gesamtflussdichte, doch über die Hälfte der untersuchten Objekte besitzt flache Spektralindizes. Die flachen Spektralindizes bedeuten, dass die Emissionen dieser Objekte größtenteils von relativistischen Effekten beeinflusst sind, die schon aus Beobachtungen bei GHz-Frequenzen bekannt sind. \\
Durch neue Auswertung der MSSS Beobachtungsdaten konnten Bilder bei einer verbesserten Auflösung von $\sim$20--30 arcsec erstellt werden, wodurch bei einigen Blazaren ausgedehnte Struktur detektiert werden konnte. Diese höher aufgelösten Bilder sind allerdings nicht komplett kalibriert und können somit nur für strukturelle Informationen verwendet werden. Die Überarbeitung der Beobachtungsdaten konnte für 93 Objekte für ein Frequenzband durchgeführt werden. Für 45 der 93 Objekte konnten sogar alle vorhandenen Frequenzbänder überarbeitet werden und dadurch gemittelte Bilder erstellt werden. Diese Bilder werden in dieser Arbeit vorgestellt. Die resultierenden Bilder mit verbesserter Auflösung wurden verwendet um Objekte auszuwählen, die mit allen LOFAR-Stationen beobachtet und auf ausgedehnte Struktur untersucht werden können. \\
Im zweiten Teil der Arbeit werden die Ergebnisse von internationalen LOFAR Beobachtungen von vier Blazaren präsentiert. Da sich die Auswertung und Kalibration von internationalen LOFAR Beobachtungen noch in der Entwicklung befindet, wurde ein Schwerpunkt auf die Kalibration und deren Beschreibung gelegt. Die Kalibration kann zwar noch verbessert werden, aber die Bilder aus der angewandten Kalibration erreichen eine Auflösung von unter 1 arcsec. Die Struktur der untersuchten vier Blazare entspricht den Erwartungen für Radiogalaxien unter einem anderen Sichtwinkel. Durch die gemessenen Flussdichten der ausgedehnten Struktur aus den Helligkeitsverteilungen konnte die Luminosität der ausgedehnten Emissionen berechnet werden. Im Vergleich mit den Luminositäten, die von Radiogalaxien bekannt sind, entsprechen auch diese Werte den Erwartungen des vereinheitlichten AGN Modells. \\
Durch die in dieser Arbeit vorgestellte Kalibration können noch mehr Blazare mit LOFAR inklusive den internationalen Stationen beobachtet werden und somit Bilder der Struktur bei ähnlicher Auflösung erstellt werden. Durch eine erhöhte Anzahl von untersuchten Blazaren könnten anschließend auch statistisch signifikante Ergebnisse erzielt werden.\\
N2  - Active galactic nuclei (AGNs) are among the brightest sources in our universe. These galaxies are considered active because their central region is brighter than the luminosities of all stars in a galxies can provide. In their center is a supermassive black hole (SMBH) surrounded by an accretion disk and further out a dusty torus. AGN can be found with emission over the whole electromagnetic spectrum, starting at radio frequencies over optical and X-ray emission up to the $\gamma$-rays. Not all of these sources are detected in each frequency regime. In this work mainly blazars are examined at low radio frequencies. Blazars are a subclass of radio-loud AGN. These radio-loud sources usually exhibit highly collimated jets perpendicular to the accretion disk. For blazars these jets are pointed in the direction of the observer and their emission is highly variable. \\
AGN are classified in different subclasses based on their morphology. These different subclasses are combined in the AGN unification model, which explains the different morphologies by having sources only varying in their luminosities and their angle to the line of sight to the observer. Blazars are these targets, where the jet is pointing towards the observer, while the AGN observed edge on are called radio galaxies. This means that blazars should be the counterparts to radio galaxies seen from a different angle. Testing this is one of the goals in this work. \\
After the discovery of AGN in the 1940s these objects have been studied at all wavelengths. With the development of interferometry with radio telescopes the angular resolution for radio observations could be improved. In the last 20 years many AGN are regularly monitored. One of these monitoring programs is the MOJAVE program, monitoring 274 AGNs with using the Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI) technique. The monitoring provides information on the evolution and structure of AGN and their jets. However, the mechanisms of the jet formation and their collimation are not fully understood. Due to relativistic effects it is difficult to obtain intrinsic instead of apparent parameters of these jets. One approach to get closer to the intrinsic jet power is by observing the regions, in which the jets end and interact with the intergalactic medium. Observations at lower radio frequencies are more sensitive for extended diffuse emission. \\
Since December 2012 a new radio telescope for low frequencies is observing. It is a telescope with stations consisting of dipole antennas. The major part of the array located in the Netherlands (38 stations) with 12 additional international stations in Germany, France, Sweden, Poland and the United Kingdom. This instrument is called the Low Frequency Array (LOFAR). LOFAR offers the possibility to observe at frequencies between 30--250 MHz in combination with angular resolution (below 1 arcsec for the full array), which was not available with previous telescopes. \\
In this work results of blazar studies with LOFAR observations are presented. To take advantage of a large database with multi-wavelength observations and kinematic studies the MOJAVE 1.5 Jy flux limited sample was chosen. Based on the preliminary results of the LOFAR Multifrequency Snapshot Sky Survey (MSSS) the flux densities and spectral indices of blazars of the MOJAVE sample are examined. 125 counterparts of MOJAVE blazars were found in the MSSS catalog. Since the MSSS observations only contain the stations in the Netherlands and observes in snapshots, the angular resolution and the sensitivity is limited. The first MSSS catalog was produced with an angular resolution of $\sim$120 arcsec and a sensitivity of $\sim$50--100 mJy. Another advantage of the MOJAVE sample is the monitoring of these sources with the Owens Valley Radio Observatory (OVRO) at 15 GHz to produce radio lightcurves. With these observations it is possible to get quasi-simultaneous flux densities at 15 GHz for the corresponding MSSS observations. By having quasi-simultaneous observations the variability of the blazars affects the flux densities less than with the use of archival data. The spectral indices obtained by the combination of MSSS and OVRO flux densities can be used to estimate the contribution of the diffuse extended emission for these AGNs. \\
Comparing the MSSS catalog with the OVRO data points, the flux densities have a tendency to be higher at low frequencies. This is expected due to the higher contribution of extended emission. The broadband spectral index distribution shows a peak at $\sim-0.2$. While some sources seem to have steeper spectral indices meaning that extended emission contributes a large fraction of the total flux density, more than the half of the sample shows flat spectral indices. The flat spectral indices show that the total flux densities of these sources are dominated by their relativistic beamed emission regions, which is the same for the observations at GHz frequencies. \\
To obtain more detailed images of these sources the MSSS measurement sets including sources of the sample were reprocessed to improve the angular resolution to $\sim$30 arcsec. The higher angular resolution reveals extended diffuse emission of several blazars. Since the reimaging results were not fully calibrated only the morphology at this resolution could be examined. However, with the short snapshot observations the images obtained with this strategy are affected from artifacts. The reimaging could be successfully performed for 93 sources in one frequency band. For 45 of these sources all availabe frequency bands could be reprocessed and used to created averaged images. These images are presented in this work. As a results of the reimaging process a pilot sample was defined to observe targets with diffuse extended emission using the whole LOFAR array including the international stations. \\
The second part of this work presents the results of a pilot sample consisting of four blazars observed with the LOFAR international array. Since the calibration of this kind of LOFAR observation is still in development, the main focus was the description of the used calibration strategy. The calibration strategies still has some limitation but resulted in images with angular resolutions of less than 1 arcsec. The morphology of all four blazars show features confirming the expectations of their counterpart radio galaxies. With the flux densities of the extended emission found in these brightness distributions the extended radio luminosities are calculated. Comparing these to the radio galaxy classifications also confirm the expectations from the unification model. \\
By extending the sample of observed blazars with LOFAR international in future the calibration strategy can be used to create similar high resolution images. A larger sample can be used to test the unification model with statistical significant results. \\
KW  - Blazar
KW  - Radioastronomie
KW  - Blazars
KW  - Active Galaxies
KW  - Radio Interferometry
KW  - Radio astronomy
KW  - LOFAR
KW  - Aktive Galaxie
KW  - Radioteleskop
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-144406
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Trumpp, Alexandra
T1  - Synthese und Reaktivität von Diboran(4)- und Diboran(4)-Addukt-Verbindungen
T1  - Synthesis and reactivity of diborane(4)- and diborane(4)-adduct-compounds
N2  - In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde zum einen das Koordinationsverhalten von Lewis-Basen an die Lewis-aciden Borzentren der symmetrisch konfigurierten 1,2-Dihalogendiborane(4) des Typs B2R2X2 (R = NMe2, Mes, Dur, tBu; X = Cl, Br, I) und des unsymmetrisch 1,1 substituierten Diborans(4) F2BB(Mes)2, sowie die Eigenschaften und die Reaktivität der erhaltenen sp2–sp3 Diboran(4)-Verbindungen untersucht. Zum anderem wurde die Fähigkeit des 1,1-substituierten Diborans(4) F2BB(Mes)2 zur oxidativen Addition der B–F- bzw. B–B-Bindung an Bisphosphan-Platin(0)-Komplexe untersucht.
N2  - The present work focuses on two different reactivities of diboranes(4): 

a)the coordination behaviour of Lewis bases to the Lewis-acidic boron centres of symmetrical 1,2-dihalodiboranes(4) of the type B2R2X2 (R = NMe2, Mes, Dur, tBu; X = Cl, Br, I) and the unsymmetrical 1,1-dimesityl-2,2-difluorodiborane(4) F2BB(Mes)2, furthermore the properties and reactivity of the prepared sp2–sp3 diboranes(4) were investigated, and

b)the oxidative addition of 1,1-dimesityl-2,2-difluorodiborane(4) towards low-valent bis(phosphine)platinum precursors.
KW  - Diborane
KW  - Bor
KW  - Diboran(4)
KW  - Addukt
KW  - sp2-sp3
KW  - boron
KW  - adduct
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-136812
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Trudzinski, Franziska C.
A1  - Minko, Peter
A1  - Rapp, Daniel
A1  - Fähndrich, Sebastian
A1  - Haake, Hendrik
A1  - Haab, Myriam
A1  - Bohle, Rainer M.
A1  - Flaig, Monika
A1  - Kaestner, Franziska
A1  - Bals, Robert
A1  - Wilkens, Heinrike
A1  - Muellenbach, Ralf M.
A1  - Link, Andreas
A1  - Groesdonk, Heinrich V.
A1  - Lensch, Christian
A1  - Langer, Frank
A1  - Lepper, Philipp M.
T1  - Runtime and aPTT predict venous thrombosis and thromboembolism in patients on extracorporeal membrane oxygenation: a retrospective analysis
JF  - Annals of Intensive Care
N2  - Background

Even though bleeding and thromboembolic events are major complications of extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO), data on the incidence of venous thrombosis (VT) and thromboembolism (VTE) under ECMO are scarce. This study analyzes the incidence and predictors of VTE in patients treated with ECMO due to respiratory failure.
Methods

Retrospective analysis of patients treated on ECMO in our center from 04/2010 to 11/2015. Patients with thromboembolic events prior to admission were excluded. Diagnosis was made by imaging in survivors and postmortem examination in deceased patients.
Results

Out of 102 screened cases, 42 survivors and 21 autopsy cases [mean age 46.0 ± 14.4 years; 37 (58.7 %) males] fulfilling the above-mentioned criteria were included. Thirty-four patients (54.0 %) underwent ECMO therapy due to ARDS, and 29 patients (46.0 %) with chronic organ failure were bridged to lung transplantation. Despite systemic anticoagulation at a mean PTT of 50.6 ± 12.8 s, [VT/VTE 47.0 ± 12.3 s and no VT/VTE 53.63 ± 12.51 s (p = 0.037)], VT and/or VTE was observed in 29 cases (46.1 %). The rate of V. cava thrombosis was 15/29 (51.7 %). Diagnosis of pulmonary embolism prevailed in deceased patients [5/21 (23.8 %) vs. 2/42 (4.8 %) (p = 0.036)]. In a multivariable analysis, only aPTT and time on ECMO predicted VT/VTE. There was no difference in the incidence of clinically diagnosed VT in ECMO survivors and autopsy findings.
Conclusions

Venous thrombosis and thromboembolism following ECMO therapy are frequent. Quality of anticoagulation and ECMO runtime predicted thromboembolic events.
"
KW  - Pulmonary Embolism
KW  - Inferior Vena Cava
KW  - Venous Thrombosis
KW  - Fresh Freeze Plasma
KW  - Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164455
VL  - 6
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Toussaint, André
A1  - Richter, Anne
A1  - Mantel, Frederick
A1  - Flickinger, John C.
A1  - Grills, Inga Siiner
A1  - Tyagi, Neelam
A1  - Sahgal, Arjun
A1  - Letourneau, Daniel
A1  - Sheehan, Jason P.
A1  - Schlesinger, David J.
A1  - Gerszten, Peter Carlos
A1  - Guckenberger, Matthias
T1  - Variability in spine radiosurgery treatment planning – results of an international multi-institutional study
JF  - Radiation Oncology
N2  - Background

The aim of this study was to quantify the variability in spinal radiosurgery (SRS) planning practices between five international institutions, all member of the Elekta Spine Radiosurgery Research Consortium.

Methods

Four institutions provided one representative patient case each consisting of the medical history, CT and MR imaging. A step-wise planning approach was used where, after each planning step a consensus was generated that formed the basis for the next planning step. This allowed independent analysis of all planning steps of CT-MR image registration, GTV definition, CTV definition, PTV definition and SRS treatment planning. In addition, each institution generated one additional SRS plan for each case based on intra-institutional image registration and contouring, independent of consensus results.

Results

Averaged over the four cases, image registration variability ranged between translational 1.1 mm and 2.4 mm and rotational 1.1° and 2.0° in all three directions. GTV delineation variability was 1.5 mm in axial and 1.6 mm in longitudinal direction averaged for the four cases. CTV delineation variability was 0.8 mm in axial and 1.2 mm in longitudinal direction. CTV-to-PTV margins ranged between 0 mm and 2 mm according to institutional protocol. Delineation variability was 1 mm in axial directions for the spinal cord. Average PTV coverage for a single fraction18 Gy prescription was 87 ± 5 %; Dmin to the PTV was 7.5 ± 1.8 Gy averaged over all cases and institutions. Average Dmax to the PRV_SC (spinal cord + 1 mm) was 10.5 ± 1.6 Gy and the average Paddick conformity index was 0.69 ± 0.06.

Conclusions

Results of this study reflect the variability in current practice of spine radiosurgery in large and highly experienced academic centers. Despite close methodical agreement in the daily workflow, clinically significant variability in all steps of the treatment planning process was demonstrated. This may translate into differences in patient clinical outcome and highlights the need for consensus and established delineation and planning criteria.
KW  - planning variability
KW  - spine radiosurgery
KW  - vertebral metastases
KW  - delineation
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146687
VL  - 11
IS  - 57
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tomasek, Stefan
A1  - Ott, Christine
T1  - Nils Mohl und Hartmann von Aue. Zur intertextuellen Verweisstruktur in Stadtrandritter und ihrem didaktischen Potential für den Deutschunterricht.
JF  - Literatur im Unterricht – Texte der Gegenwartsliteratur für die Schule
N2  - Kein Abstract verfügbar.
KW  - Nils Mohl
KW  - Hartmann von Aue
KW  - Stadtrandritter
KW  - Deutschunterricht
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-210590
UR  - http://www.wvttrier.de/top/beschreibungen/ID1562.html
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tomasek, Stefan
T1  - Frauen- und Männerrollen in mittelhochdeutscher Kreuzzugslyrik
JF  - Das Mittelalter
N2  - This article focuses on the effects that crusade motives woven into Middle High German courtly lovesongs have on gender binarism in these text. The analysis draws on two examples from the first period of Middle High German crusade poetry: Friedrich von Hausen, ‘Si darf mich des zîhen niet’ and Albrecht von Johansdorf, ‘Guote liute, holt die gâbe’. I examine whether the relation between lady and male speaker is altered by the crusader’s divine service and whether this affects the gender binarism in the songs. The article concludes with a discussion of the repercussions gender binarism has on the concepts of crusading in the two texts.
KW  - German crusade poetry
KW  - Friedrich von Hausen
KW  - Albrecht von Johansdorf
KW  - deutsche Kreuzzugslyrik
KW  - Friedrich von Hausen
KW  - Albrecht von Johansdorf
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-193356
SN  - 2196-6869
SN  - 0949-0345
N1  - Dieser Beitrag ist mit Zustimmung des Rechteinhabers aufgrund einer (DFG-geförderten) Allianz- bzw. Nationallizenz frei zugänglich.
VL  - 21
IS  - 1
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tinajero-Trejo, Mariana
A1  - Rana, Namrata
A1  - Nagel, Christoph
A1  - Jesse, Helen E.
A1  - Smith, Thomas W.
A1  - Wareham, Lauren K.
A1  - Hippler, Michael
A1  - Schatzschneider, Ulrich
A1  - Poole, Robert K.
T1  - Antimicrobial Activity of the Manganese Photoactivated Carbon Monoxide-Releasing Molecule [Mn(CO)\(_3\)(tpa-kappa\(^3\)N)]\(^+\) Against a Pathogenic Escherichia coli that Causes Urinary Infections
JF  - Antioxidants & Redox Signaling
N2  - Aims: We set out to investigate the antibacterial activity of a new Mn-based photoactivated carbon monoxide-releasing molecule (PhotoCORM, [Mn(CO)\(_3\)(tpa-kappa\(^3\)N)]\(^+\)) against an antibiotic-resistant uropathogenic strain (EC958) of Escherichia coli. Results: Activated PhotoCORM inhibits growth and decreases viability of E. coli EC958, but non-illuminated carbon monoxide-releasing molecule (CORM) is without effect. NADH-supported respiration rates are significantly decreased by activated PhotoCORM, mimicking the effect of dissolved CO gas. CO from the PhotoCORM binds to intracellular targets, namely respiratory oxidases in strain EC958 and a bacterial globin heterologously expressed in strain K-12. However, unlike previously characterized CORMs, the PhotoCORM is not significantly accumulated in cells, as deduced from the cellular manganese content. Activated PhotoCORM reacts avidly with hydrogen peroxide producing hydroxyl radicals; the observed peroxide-enhanced toxicity of the PhotoCORM is ameliorated by thiourea. The PhotoCORM also potentiates the effect of the antibiotic, doxycycline. Innovation: The present work investigates for the first time the antimicrobial activity of a light-activated PhotoCORM against an antibiotic-resistant pathogen. A comprehensive study of the effects of the PhotoCORM and its derivative molecules upon illumination is performed and mechanisms of toxicity of the activated PhotoCORM are investigated. Conclusion: The PhotoCORM allows a site-specific and time-controlled release of CO in bacterial cultures and has the potential to provide much needed information on the generality of CORM activities in biology. Understanding the mechanism(s) of activated PhotoCORM toxicity will be key in exploring the potential of this and similar compounds as antimicrobial agents, perhaps in combinatorial therapies with other agents.
KW  - intracellular hydrogen-peroxide
KW  - campylobacter-jejuni
KW  - oxygen-metabolism
KW  - deficient mutant
KW  - oxidative stress
KW  - aqueous-solution
KW  - metal caponyls
KW  - RU(CO)(3)CL(GLYCINATE)
KW  - bacteria
KW  - enzyme
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-188910
VL  - 24
IS  - 14
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tiede, Jennifer
A1  - Grafe, Silke
T1  - Media Pedagogy in German and US Teacher Education
JF  - Communicar
N2  - Varios estudios de investigación y de práctica llegan a la conclusión de que la pedagogía de los medios debe integrarse en la formación de profesores para que estos futuros docentes puedan utilizar los medios de comunicación en sus clases con eficacia y éxito. Sin embargo, estos resultados no se reflejan en los programas universitarios vigentes, de manera que en algunas instituciones los profesores en formación pueden llegar al término de sus estudios sin haber abordado cuestiones de educación en medios. Para comprender, evaluar y más adelante mejorar la situación actual de la formación del profesorado en el ámbito de la pedagogía de los medios se necesitan extensas investigaciones. Teniendo en cuenta esta situación, el siguiente artículo presenta un resumen del «statu quo» de las competencias en pedagogía de los medios de los futuros profesores, centrándose en los ejemplos de Alemania y EEUU. Para crear una base presentamos diferentes modelos de competencias pedagógicas mediáticas de ambos países e intentaremos responder a la pregunta si estas competencias son promovidas por los programas de formación del profesorado. Después, se describirán el método y resultados seleccionados de un estudio que midió las competencias en pedagogía de los medios de estudiantes de ambos países, estudio basado en un modelo generalizador de competencias pedagógicas mediáticas que conectan la investigación alemana e internacional en este campo. La perspectiva internacional comparada ayuda a extender perspectivas y comprender diferencias y similitudes. Los datos de este estudio sirven para identificar diferentes formas de integrar la pedagogía de los medios de comunicación en la formación del profesorado. Además, se pueden sacar conclusiones sobre las consecuencias que implican estos procesos para profesores en formación y sus competencias mediáticas.
N2  - Various research works and practitioners conclude that media pedagogy should be integrated in teacher education in order to enable future teachers to use media for their lessons effectively and successfully. However, this realization is not necessarily reflected in actual university curricula, as preservice teachers at some places can still finish their studies without ever dealing with media pedagogical issues. To understand, assess and eventually improve the status of media pedagogical teacher education, comprehensive research is required. Against this background, the following article seeks to present a theory-based and empirical overview of the status quo of preservice teachers’ pedagogical media competencies focusing Germany and the USA exemplarily. To form a basis, different models of pedagogical media competencies from both countries will be introduced and the extent to which these competencies have become part of teacher education programs and related studies will be summarised. Afterwards, method and selected results of a study will be described where the skills in question were measured with students from both countries, based on a comprehensive model of pedagogical media competencies that connects German and international research in this field. The international comparative perspective will help broaden the viewpoint and understand differences, but also similarities. These data serve to identify different ways of integrating media pedagogy into teacher training and draw conclusions on the consequences these processes entail for preservice teachers and their pedagogical media competencies.
T2  - Pedagogía mediática en la formación de profesores de Alemania y EEUU
KW  - enseñanzapor por competencias
KW  - currículum
KW  - análisis transnacional
KW  - investigación de currículo universitario
KW  - currículo de la educación en medios
KW  - alfabetización mediática
KW  - educación en medios
KW  - pedagogía
KW  - formación de profesorado
KW  - investigación
KW  - media literacy
KW  - media education
KW  - pedagogy
KW  - preservice teacher education
KW  - competency based teaching
KW  - curricula
KW  - research
KW  - crossnational analysis
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-162600
VL  - XXIV
IS  - 49
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Thormann, Birthe
A1  - Ahrens, Dirk
A1  - Armijos, Diego Marín
A1  - Peters, Marcell K.
A1  - Wagner, Thomas
A1  - Wägele, Johann W.
T1  - Exploring the Leaf Beetle Fauna (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) of an Ecuadorian Mountain Forest Using DNA Barcoding
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Background
Tropical mountain forests are hotspots of biodiversity hosting a huge but little known diversity of insects that is endangered by habitat destruction and climate change. Therefore, rapid assessment approaches of insect diversity are urgently needed to complement slower traditional taxonomic approaches. We empirically compare different DNA-based species delimitation approaches for a rapid biodiversity assessment of hyperdiverse leaf beetle assemblages along an elevational gradient in southern Ecuador and explore their effect on species richness estimates.

Methodology/Principal Findings
Based on a COI barcode data set of 674 leaf beetle specimens (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) of 266 morphospecies from three sample sites in the Podocarpus National Park, we employed statistical parsimony analysis, distance-based clustering, GMYC- and PTP-modelling to delimit species-like units and compared them to morphology-based (parataxonomic) species identifications. The four different approaches for DNA-based species delimitation revealed highly similar numbers of molecular operational taxonomic units (MOTUs) (n = 284–289). Estimated total species richness was considerably higher than the sampled amount, 414 for morphospecies (Chao2) and 469–481 for the different MOTU types. Assemblages at different elevational levels (1000 vs. 2000 m) had similar species numbers but a very distinct species composition for all delimitation methods. Most species were found only at one elevation while this turnover pattern was even more pronounced for DNA-based delimitation.

Conclusions/Significance
Given the high congruence of DNA-based delimitation results, probably due to the sampling structure, our study suggests that when applied to species communities on a regionally limited level with high amount of rare species (i.e. ~50% singletons), the choice of species delimitation method can be of minor relevance for assessing species numbers and turnover in tropical insect communities. Therefore, DNA-based species delimitation is confirmed as a valuable tool for evaluating biodiversity of hyperdiverse insect communities, especially when exact taxonomic identifications are missing.
KW  - leaf beetle
KW  - Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae
KW  - Podocarpus National Park
KW  - DNA-based species delimitation
KW  - biodiversity
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167253
VL  - 11
IS  - 2
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Thomas, Anna C.
A1  - Zeng, Zhiqiang
A1  - Rivière, Jean-Baptiste
A1  - O'Shaughnessy, Ryan
A1  - Al-Olabi, Lara
A1  - St.-Onge, Judith
A1  - Atherton, David J.
A1  - Aubert, Hélène
A1  - Bagazgoitia, Lorea
A1  - Barbarot, Sébastien
A1  - Bourrat, Emmanuelle
A1  - Chiaverini, Christine
A1  - Chong, W. Kling
A1  - Duffourd, Yannis
A1  - Glover, Mary
A1  - Groesser, Leopold
A1  - Hadj-Rabia, Smail
A1  - Hamm, Henning
A1  - Happle, Rudolf
A1  - Mushtaq, Imran
A1  - Lacour, Jean-Philippe
A1  - Waelchli, Regula
A1  - Wobser, Marion
A1  - Vabres, Pierre
A1  - Patton, E. Elizabeth
A1  - Kinsler, Veronica A.
T1  - Mosaic activating mutations in GNA11 and GNAQ are associated with phakomatosis pigmentovascularis and extensive dermal melanocytosis
JF  - Journal of Investigative Dermatology
N2  - Common birthmarks can be an indicator of underlying genetic disease but are often overlooked. Mongolian blue spots (dermal melanocytosis) are usually localized and transient, but they can be extensive, permanent, and associated with extracutaneous abnormalities. Co-occurrence with vascular birthmarks defines a subtype of phakomatosis pigmentovascularis, a group of syndromes associated with neurovascular, ophthalmological, overgrowth, and malignant complications. Here, we discover that extensive dermal melanocytosis and phakomatosis pigmentovascularis are associated with activating mutations in GNA11 and GNAQ, genes that encode Ga subunits of heterotrimeric G proteins. The mutations were detected at very low levels in affected tissues but were undetectable in the blood, indicating that these conditions are postzygotic mosaic disorders. In vitro expression of mutant GNA11\(^R183C\) and GNA11\(^Q209L\) in human cell lines demonstrated activation of the downstream p38 MAPK signaling pathway and the p38, JNK, and ERK pathways, respectively. Transgenic mosaic zebrafish models expressing mutant GNA11\(^R183C\) under promoter mitfa developed extensive dermal melanocytosis recapitulating the human phenotype. Phakomatosis pigmentovascularis and extensive dermal melanocytosis are therefore diagnoses in the group of mosaic heterotrimeric G-protein disorders, joining McCune-Albright and Sturge-Weber syndromes. These findings will allow accurate clinical and molecular diagnosis of this subset of common birthmarks, thereby identifying infants at risk for serious complications, and provide novel therapeutic opportunities.
KW  - uveal melanoma
KW  - G Protein
KW  - dermal melanocytosis
KW  - Sturge-Weber syndrom
KW  - cesioflammea
KW  - germline
KW  - phakomatosis pigmentovascularis
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189689
VL  - 136
IS  - 4
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Telorac, Jonas
A1  - Prykhozhij, Sergey V.
A1  - Schöne, Stefanie
A1  - Meierhofer, David
A1  - Sauer, Sascha
A1  - Thomas-Chollier, Morgane
A1  - Meijsing, Sebastiaan H.
T1  - Identification and characterization of DNA sequences that prevent glucocorticoid receptor binding to nearby response elements
JF  - Nucleic Acids Research
N2  - Out of the myriad of potential DNA binding sites of the glucocorticoid receptor (GR) found in the human genome, only a cell-type specific minority is actually bound, indicating that the presence of a recognition sequence alone is insufficient to specify where GR binds. Cooperative interactions with other transcription factors (TFs) are known to contribute to binding specificity. Here, we reasoned that sequence signals preventing GR recruitment to certain loci provide an alternative means to confer specificity. Motif analyses uncovered candidate Negative Regulatory Sequences (NRSs) that interfere with genomic GR binding. Subsequent functional analyses demonstrated that NRSs indeed prevent GR binding to nearby response elements. We show that NRS activity is conserved across species, found in most tissues and that they also interfere with the genomic binding of other TFs. Interestingly, the effects of NRSs appear not to be a simple consequence of changes in chromatin accessibility. Instead, we find that NRSs interact with proteins found at sub-nuclear structures called paraspeckles and that these proteins might mediate the repressive effects of NRSs. Together, our studies suggest that the joint influence of positive and negative sequence signals partition the genome into regions where GR can bind and those where it cannot.
KW  - DNA sequencing
KW  - glucocorticoid receptor
KW  - DNA binding
KW  - transcription factors
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166330
VL  - 44
IS  - 13
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Teichmann, Christoph
T1  - Corporate Restructuring under the EMCA
JF  - European Company and Financial Law Review
N2  - No abstract available.
KW  - corporate restructuring
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-194488
SN  - 1613-2556
SN  - 1613-2548
N1  - This publication is with permission of the rights owner freely accessible due to an Alliance licence and a national licence (funded by the DFG, German Research Foundation) respectively.
VL  - 13
IS  - 2
SP  - 277
EP  - 300
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Tegtmeyer, Nicole
A1  - Moodley, Yoshan
A1  - Yamaoka, Yoshio
A1  - Pernitzsch, Sandy Ramona
A1  - Schmidt, Vanessa
A1  - Traverso, Francisco Rivas
A1  - Schmidt, Thomas P.
A1  - Rad, Roland
A1  - Yeoh, Khay Guan
A1  - Bow, Ho
A1  - Torres, Javier
A1  - Gerhard, Markus
A1  - Schneider, Gisbert
A1  - Wessler, Silja
A1  - Backert, Steffen
T1  - Characterisation of worldwide Helicobacter pylori strains reveals genetic conservation and essentiality of serine protease HtrA
JF  - Molecular Microbiology
N2  - HtrA proteases and chaperones exhibit important roles in periplasmic protein quality control and stress responses. The genetic inactivation of htrA has been described for many bacterial pathogens. However, in some cases such as the gastric pathogen Helicobacter pylori, HtrA is secreted where it cleaves the tumour-suppressor E-cadherin interfering with gastric disease development, but the generation of htrA mutants is still lacking. Here, we show that the htrA gene locus is highly conserved in worldwide strains. HtrA presence was confirmed in 992 H.pylori isolates in gastric biopsy material from infected patients. Differential RNA-sequencing (dRNA-seq) indicated that htrA is encoded in an operon with two subsequent genes, HP1020 and HP1021. Genetic mutagenesis and complementation studies revealed that HP1020 and HP1021, but not htrA, can be mutated. In addition, we demonstrate that suppression of HtrA proteolytic activity with a newly developed inhibitor is sufficient to effectively kill H.pylori, but not other bacteria. We show that Helicobacter htrA is an essential bifunctional gene with crucial intracellular and extracellular functions. Thus, we describe here the first microbe in which htrA is an indispensable gene, a situation unique in the bacterial kingdom. HtrA can therefore be considered a promising new target for anti-bacterial therapy.
KW  - Helicobacter pylori
KW  - cag pathogenicity island
KW  - Differential RNA-sequencing
KW  - epithelial cells
KW  - campylobacter jejuni infection
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190774
VL  - 99
IS  - 5
ER  - 
TY  - THES
A1  - Taschik, Julia
T1  - Zytokingenpolymorphismen bei Kindern mit akuter lymphatischer Leukämie
T1  - Genetic cytokine polymorphism in children with acute lymphoblastic leukamie
N2  - Die akute lymphatische Leukämie ist die häufigste maligne Erkrankung im Kindesalter. Trotz systematischer Erhebung und Auswertung von Daten im Rahmen der ALL-BFM-Studiengruppe und der damit verbundenen kontinuierlichen Verbesserung der Prognose hat man noch immer keine Ursache für eine ALL gefunden. Daher nimmt eine umfangreiche Risikostratifizierung eine zentrale Rolle in der Behandlungsplanung einer ALL ein. Basierend auf einer exakten Stratifizierung kann die Therapie risikoadaptiert und individualisiert werden, um eine Übertherapie zu vermeiden und letztlich die Heilungschancen zu verbessern.

Pro- und antiinflammatorische Zytokine kommt in den komplexen Wirkungsmechanismen des Immunsystems eine Schlüsselrolle zu. Viele Infektions-, Auto-immun- oder Tumorerkrankungen werden durch das Produktionsprofil der Zyto-kine beeinflusst. Da genetisch determinierte Zytokingenpolymorphismen Krank-heitsverläufe beeinflussen und verändern, wurde untersucht, ob Zytokine einen Einfluss auf pädiatrische Patienten mit einer ALL haben.
Im Zuge dieser Arbeit wurden 95 pädiatrische Patienten mit ALL auf Polymorphismen der Zytokine TNF-α, TGF-β1, IL-10, IL-6 und IFN-γ analysiert, die im Zeitraum vom 21.06.2004 bis zum 30.04.2014 an der Kinderklinik des Universitätsklinikums Würzburg behandelt wurden. Mittels DNA-Extraktion, sequenz-spezifischer PCR und Gelelektropherese wurden 35 Proben bei Erstdiagnose und 93 zum Zeitpunkt der Remission mit folgender zentralen Fragestellung untersucht: 
Gibt es genetische Risikofaktoren, die Einfluss auf
•	die Risikogruppe 
•	die Art der Leukämie 
•	die Genfrequenz
•	die Rezidivrate und 
•	das Gesamtüberleben 
einer akuten lymphatische Leukämie im Kindesalter haben und sich zudem durch Einzelnukleotidpolymorphismen in pro- und antiinflammatorischen Zytokinen auszeichnen?

Im Rahmen dieser Studie konnte festgestellt werden, dass das immunsuppressive Zytokin IL-10 einen Einfluss auf die Genfrequenz, die Risikogruppe, die Rezidivrate sowie die Prognose bei Kindern mit ALL hat. Patienten mit niedrigen Zytokinexpressionsraten (Genotypen ACC/ACC und ACC/ATA) wurden häufiger in der Hochrisikogruppe therapiert, hatten mehr Rezidive und eine schlechtere Prognose als Patienten mit hohen Zytokinexpressionsraten. Dar-über hinaus ist der Genotyp GCC/ACC signifikant häufiger bei ALL-Patienten anzutreffen als im gesunden Kollektiv. Beim immunsuppressiven IL-6 konnte festgestellt werden, dass der Genotyp C/C signifikant häufiger bei Patienten mit einer ALL auftritt als bei gesunden Patienten. Ferner zeigte sich, dass es so-wohl für IL-6 als auch für TNF-α eine Änderung des Genotyps zwischen Erstdiagnose und in Remission auftrat, die Hinweise auf einen blastenspezifischen „immune-escape“-Mechanismus geben. Ebenfalls konnte gezeigt werden, dass das immunmodulatorische Zytokin TGF-β1 einen Einfluss auf die Risikogruppe sowie die Rezidivrate hat. Patienten, die eine T/T Kombination am Codon 10 aufwiesen wurden häufiger im Hochrisikozweig therapiert als Patienten mit den Genotypen T/C oder C/C. Des Weiteren wurde demonstriert, dass Patienten mit einem C/C an Codon 25 häufiger an Rezidiven erkrankten als Patienten mit ei-nem G/C oder G/G. Für die TH1 Zytokine IFN-γ sowie TNF-α wurde kein Zusammenhang zwischen der Genfrequenz, der Risikogruppe, der Art der Leukämie, der Rezidivrate oder dem Gesamtüberleben gefunden.

Auch wenn man bisher noch nicht genau weiß, wie Zytokingenpolymorphismen Einfluss auf pädiatrische ALL nehmen, wird anhand dieser Arbeit gezeigt, dass Zytokine einen Beitrag zur Pathogenese der ALL leisten und daher zukünftig für eine umfassendere Risikostratifizierung geeignet sind. Darüber hinaus können diese Ergebnisse dazu beitragen, dass Zytokine als biologische Marker etabliert werden, um eine weniger toxische immunmodulierende bzw. -suppressive Therapie zu gewährleisten. Dies führt dazu, dass eine Therapie anhand des Risikoprofils individuell und prognoseverbessernd abgestimmt werden kann. Je-doch wäre für eine nachfolgende Untersuchung eine größere multizentrische Stichprobe sowie eine prospektive Evaluation der Daten erstrebenswert. Gera-de bei hereditären Erkrankungen haben einzelne Gene nur einen geringen Einfluss auf das Gesamtrisiko, sodass größere Fallzahlen erforderlich wären, um auch schwache Effekte zu detektieren.
N2  - Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL) is the most common malignant disease in childhood. Although survival rates in paediatric patients with ALL have greatly improved since effective drug combinations and risk-adapted therapy protocols were introduced, possible causes for ALL are yet to be determined. The incomplete information on the pathogenesis of ALL heightens the need for extensive risk stratification in order to develop and improve treatment methods. Exact stratification helps to continuously improve and develop risk-adapted and individual therapy approaches to minimise over- or under-treatment.

Based on the empirical finding that cytokines play a decisive role in immune responses and that many autoimmune and malignant diseases are influenced by cytokine production, this study hypothesized that genetically determined cy-tokine gene polymorphisms might have an impact on children with ALL.

95 pediatric ALL patients were examined between June 2004 and April 2013 at the Children’s Hospital of the University of Würzburg with regard to cytokine gene polymorphisms in TNF-α, TGF-β1, IL-10, IL-6 and IFN-γ. Applying DNA extraction, sequence-specific PCR and gel electrophoresis, 35 samples at initial diagnosis and 93 samples in remission were obtained in order to find an answer to the following question:
Are there any genetic risk factors, which influence the
•	risk group
•	type of leukaemia
•	gene frequency
•	relapse rate
•	overall survival
with acute lymphoblastic leukaemia in childhood?

Within the scope of this study the immunosuppressive IL-10 has an influence on gene frequency, risk group, relapse rate and overall survival. IL-10 high-producer-haplotypes were reduced in ALL-patients compared with healthy controls and resulted in a reduced relapse rate, a superior overall survival and resulted more often in the low risk group compared with IL-10 low producer haplotypes. By analysing immunosuppressive IL-6, it was demonstrated, that the genotype C/C is significantly more frequent in ALL-patients in comparison to healthy patients. Interestingly, with regard to IL-6 as well as to TNF-α genotypes a change in the genotype from initial diagnosis to remission was found in some patients, which may indicate a blast specific immune-escape mechanism. Moreover, the immune-modulatory cytokine TGF-β1 has an influence on risk group and relapse rate. Patients with a C/C in Codon 10 suffered more often from relapses than patients with G/C or G/G. TGF-β1 high producer haplotypes were correlated with a high initial blast-count (Codon 25 G/G) and were elevated in high-risk ALL-patients (Codon 10 T/T). For the TH1 cytokines IFN-γ and TNF-α no correlation between frequencies, risk group, type of leukaemia, re-lapse rate or overall survival could be found.

Even though the mechanisms by which the cytokine polymorphisms influence the outcome of paediatric ALL remain to be determined, the data of the present study suggest an important contribution of cytokines to the pathogenesis of ALL and demonstrate their potential applicability in the clinical evaluation of prognosis in paediatric patients. Confirmatory studies correlating cytokine alleles with disease markers will support the concept of cytokine-mediated immune surveil-lance in humans as well as the importance of the genetic background of the patient for strong anti-tumour immunity and responses to therapy. These data can finally help to establish biomarkers for therapy stratification as well as immune-therapeutic tools in childhood ALL for a more risk-adapted therapy, in order to adapt the therapy intensity. However, for further studies an increase in sample size and a prospective multicentre evaluation would be desirable. Especially in hereditary diseases, single genes have only a small influence on the overall risk. That is why it is crucial to have a sufficiently high number of cases to detect even small effects.
KW  - Cytokine
KW  - Polymorphismus
KW  - Akute lymphatische Leukämie
KW  - Zytokingenpolymorphismus
KW  - akute lymphatische Leukämie bei Kindern
KW  - genetic cytokine polymorphism
KW  - acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
KW  - pediatric hematology oncology
KW  - Cancer biology
KW  - molecular biology of cytokines
KW  - Zytokin
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-133312
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Taha, Muhamed-Kheir
A1  - Claus, Heike
A1  - Lappann, Martin
A1  - Veyrier, Frédéric J.
A1  - Otto, Andreas
A1  - Becher, Dörte
A1  - Deghmane, Ala-Eddine
A1  - Frosch, Matthias
A1  - Hellenbrand, Wiebke
A1  - Hong, Eva
A1  - du Châtelet, Isabelle Parent
A1  - Prior, Karola
A1  - Harmsen, Dag
A1  - Vogel, Ulrich
T1  - Evolutionary Events Associated with an Outbreak of Meningococcal Disease in Men Who Have Sex with Men
JF  - PLoS ONE
N2  - Meningococci spread via respiratory droplets, whereas the closely related gonococci are transmitted sexually. Several outbreaks of invasive meningococcal disease have been reported in Europe and the United States among men who have sex with men (MSM). We recently identified an outbreak of serogroup C meningococcal disease among MSM in Germany and France. In this study, genomic and proteomic techniques were used to analyze the outbreak isolates. In addition, genetically identical urethritis isolates were recovered from France and Germany and included in the analysis. Genome sequencing revealed that the isolates from the outbreak among MSM and from urethritis cases belonged to a clade within clonal complex 11. Proteome analysis showed they expressed nitrite reductase, enabling anaerobic growth as previously described for gonococci. Invasive isolates from MSM, but not urethritis isolates, further expressed functional human factor H binding protein associated with enhanced survival in a newly developed transgenic mouse model expressing human factor H, a complement regulatory protein. In conclusion, our data suggest that urethritis and outbreak isolates followed a joint adaptation route including adaption to the urogenital tract.
KW  - nitrites
KW  - genome sequencing
KW  - men who have sex with men
KW  - meningococcal disease
KW  - Neisseria meningitidis
KW  - Neisseria gonorrhoeae
KW  - mammalian genomics
KW  - mouse models
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-179870
VL  - 11
IS  - 5
ER  - 
TY  - JOUR
A1  - Szczerba, Wojciech
A1  - Zukrowski, Jan
A1  - Przybylski, Marek
A1  - Sikora, Marcin
A1  - Safonova, Olga
A1  - Shmeliov, Aleksey
A1  - Nicolosi, Valeria
A1  - Schneider, Michael
A1  - Granath, Tim
A1  - Oppmann, Maximilian
A1  - Straßer, Marion
A1  - Mandel, Karl
T1  - Pushing up the magnetisation values for iron oxide nanoparticles via zinc doping: X-ray studies on the particle's sub-nano structure of different synthesis routes
JF  - Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics
N2  - The maximum magnetisation (saturation magnetisation) obtainable for iron oxide nanoparticles can be increased by doping the nanocrystals with non-magnetic elements such as zinc. Herein, we closely study how only slightly different synthesis approaches towards such doped nanoparticles strongly influence the resulting sub-nano/atomic structure. We compare two co-precipitation approaches, where we only vary the base (NaOH versus NH\(_3\)), and a thermal decomposition route. These methods are the most commonly applied ones for synthesising doped iron oxide nanoparticles. The measurable magnetisation change upon zinc doping is about the same for all systems. However, the sub-nano structure, which we studied with Mossbauer and X-ray absorption near edge spectroscopy, differs tremendously. We found evidence that a much more complex picture has to be drawn regarding what happens upon Zn doping compared to what textbooks tell us about the mechanism. Our work demonstrates that it is crucial to study the obtained structures very precisely when "playing'' with the atomic order in iron oxide nanocrystals.
KW  - Ferrite
KW  - FE
Y1  - 2016
U6  - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187390
VL  - 18
IS  - 36
ER  -